You are on page 1of 521

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the


founder of the 19th dynasty.
2 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of
which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
3
Greek architecture was essentially.

4 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected


by the architect Mnesicles is the.
5 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being
the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
6 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native
natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
7 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders
used by the Greeks.
8 From the 5th century to the present, the character of
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
9 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
10 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
buildings in Rome.
11 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Greek temple.
12
Amphitheaters are used for ___.
13 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used
in public places.
14
The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
15 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing
the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.
16 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
17
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but


especially for storing wine.
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
20
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22
The open court in an Italian palazzo.
23 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part
of a Gothic window.
24
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres


Cathedral?

1/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

26 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.


i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
27
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
28
Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
29
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
31 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular
plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.
32
A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
33 The principal or central part of a church, extending from
the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
34
The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
35
The lowest step in the crepidoma.
36
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38
Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
39
Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
40
Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
41 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of
the Greek.
42
Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
43
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44
A foot race course in the cities.

45
Architects of the Parthenon.
46 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
47 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
the carriages and floats are kept.
48 The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
of the Sultan's bed.
49 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50
Japanese tea house

51
A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

2/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

52
Domical mound containing a relic.

53
Ifugao house (southern strain).

54 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns


resting on a base of 3 steps.
55 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones
forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.
56
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,
terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
57 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns
surrounding the naos.
58
Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
59
Architect of the Einstein Tower.
60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

61 What architectural term is termed to be free from any


historical style?
62
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
63 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a
battlement.
64 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
65
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66
The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
67
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69
A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
70
A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
71
A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
73 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must
be well oriented'.
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria

75
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76
"A house is like a flower pot"

3/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

77 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany


it is known as ___.
78
Architect of TWA airport.

79
"Modern architecture need not be western".

80
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma


reversa strap.
82
Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
83
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
84 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a
flower arrangement or art.
85 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
notable of its large dome.
86 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
place over the altar in a church.
87
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing
a statue.

88 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a


church.
89
A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
90 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and
Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.
91
Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.
92
A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
93
A kindred type to the theater.
94 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek
theaters.
95 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
brickworks.
96 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
97
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or


without mortar joints.
99
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and
domes.
100
"Form follows function".

101
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for
living".

4/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

102
Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
103 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell
construction.
104
The architect of the Pantheon.
105
Architect of the World Trade Center.
106
He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
107 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,
Constantinople)
108
Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
109 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at
Karnak?
110
Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
111 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple
of the Italian renaissance style.
112
Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
113
Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
114
Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
115 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,
Olympius.
116
Architect of the Erechtheion.
117
Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
118
Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
119
"A house is a machine to live in".
120
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121
"Architecture is Organic".

122
Invented reinforced concrete in France.

123
First elected U.A.P. president.

124
First president and founder of PAS.

125
Architect of the National Library, Philippines.
126
Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
127
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
128
Designer of the Taj Mahal.

129 Expressionist Architect.

5/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

130
Founders of the "Art Noveau".

131
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
132
Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
133
Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
135 Architect of SM Megamall.

136
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
137
G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
138
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
139
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
140 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian
churches.
141
In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
142 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of
columns at the front and rear.
143
Corresponds to the Greek naos.
144 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by
Bramante.
145 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo
Maderna.
146
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the
epistle and the gospel are

147
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.
148 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central
place at the end of the church called ___.
149
Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
151
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
152
Orientation of the Medieval Church

153 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154
Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

6/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

155 One of the few churches of its type to have survived


having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156
Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
157
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines

158 The best example of a German Romanesque church with


apses at both east and west ends.
159
The council house in Greece.
160
The senate house of the Greeks.
161
The oldest circus in Rome.
162
The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
163
The warm room in the Thermae
164
The Hot room of the Thermae
165
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

166
The dressing room of the Thermae.
167
The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
168 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian
amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
169 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?

171
The private house of the Romans.

172
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

173
Roman apartment blocks

174
Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site
175
A roman house with a central patio.
176
A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
177
covering slab
178 Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the
entrance portal

179 A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.

180
Principal room of Anatolian House

7/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

181 It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the
horizontal entablature or part supported.

182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple

183
The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184
Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
185 A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators
against the sun

186
Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high
187
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.
188
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.

189
That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
190
Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc
191
A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it
192
A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
193 A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel
tracery

194
Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
195 A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.

196 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in Renaissance building.

197
Designer of the Crystal Palace, London
198
Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
199
Architect of the White House, D.C.
200
Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201
A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
202
Man who leads the congregation at a prayer
203
Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings
204
Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque
205 Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in
the life of the emperor.

206 In Romanesque archre a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is
notably severe and adorned

8/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

207
General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was
208
Vaulting compartment into six parts known as
209 A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breath from wall

210
Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
211 Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and
of bishops throne.

212
A secluded place
213
Secular architecture
214 The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by
the pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern
France

215 Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the
top

216 The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque
architecture

217 Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly
numerous in castle

218
Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____

219
Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.

221 A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch,
stones were dropped only on an enemy below.

222 A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised
portions known as merlons

223 The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure
openings.

224 A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a
boundary line

225
A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls,
and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as
a drying ground for the large monthly wash

9/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

227 A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines
formed by angles of spires and canopies.

228 An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of
the vaulting.

229
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

230 An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of
northern France first pointed.

231
Leafed ornament.

232
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
233 The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating
clergy.

234
Single and most important building in Britain.
235
A room, where food is stored in a manor house.

236
The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
237
Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.
238
A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.
239
Originally the minaret of the mosque.
240
The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
241 A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in early times.

242 A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous
revolution of European times.

243
In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
244 The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed
inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture

245 A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance
architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical
elements

246 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in renaissance buildings

247
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics

248
Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.

10/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and
249
containing the principal social apartments.
250
Known architect in early renaissance.
251
Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
252
Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in
253
decoration.
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a
254
terminal.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs)
255
and intended for relaxation.
256
France generally describe rococo as
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian
257
spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings.
Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is
258
framed.
259 A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in
geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance
archre in England.

260
Space between the columns.
261 An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines
intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern

262
A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
263
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the
coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of
variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects

264 The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative
designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.

265 A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave
line.

266 The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.

267 A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268
The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269
Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning land of the free
270
A stupa in a form of a corn cob.
Reflects Burmas cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations
271
(16th-17th century) at Rangoon.
272
Burmas term for monasteries.
273
Chinese monumental gateway.

11/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

274 Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition
universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.

One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work


275
auditorium building, U.S.
276
Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.
Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in
277
Great Britain.
Received the Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan award for the city of manila, who is
278
the architect?
279
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as The Noble of
Architecture the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living
architect whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.

His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as
280
well as costume and poster design.
281 Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive
abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the
valid elements of older style.

282 Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His
style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has
surrealist and cubist elements.

283 One of the worlds 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and
only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease
and homelessness.
In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current
284
technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.
285 Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and
bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train
stations at Toulouse and again in France.

286 He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals
such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.

287 French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom Each one sees
whatever he wishes to see belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60s or at the
288
age of 60 yrs. old.
An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on
289
classical decoration.
He was called Masters master where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer
290
and Van de Rohe
291
Architect who leads the development of the Quezon Memorial Circle in Quezon City.
292
Eiffel tower I Paris stands.
293
Starting with holes belongs to architect
294
A house is a machine to live in philosophy belongs to
He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his
295
fathers teachings about craftsmanship.
One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design
296
solutions.

12/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

297
His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
298 His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the
shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.

299
Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.
300
A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt
301
For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive
sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
302
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop
the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.
303
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.

304
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in
Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
50,000 spectators. The exterior faade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
305
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was
designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.
306
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)

307
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?

308 What is the name of the


Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d Orbais.(
309 In France, It is the official residence of President of
France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d Auvergne

13/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

310 In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home


of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
311
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?

312
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.

313
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
314
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, The reality of the building does
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.

315 The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure
rests.
316
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support
taking the place of a column or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.
317
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively
emphasize the apex of a gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.

318
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319
The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
320
Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually,
three levels upon which the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size
incrementally, forming a series of steps
along all or some sides of the building.

14/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

321 The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon
Memorial Circle.
322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is
composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,

323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways
leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and sken (also known as the parodos).

324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal
tip.
325
A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
326 A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved
grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
327
event. They are frequently used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
328 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
democratically-elected council is called:
329 The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
330
The father of modern picture books of Architecture
331
The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.
332 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
also known as:
333 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
made entirely f marble is;
334
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and
the 1880s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
335
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
336
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
called:

337
The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.
338 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior

15/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

339 The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
340 It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
341 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
342 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
circular form.
343 A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
344 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected
council is called
345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete
plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built
from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period

346 A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the
wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the
highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost
edge of the abutting living units?

347 The father of modern picture books of Architecture


The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of
348 fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck,
moves one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.
349
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de
obra or the master builders are required to register as architects?

350
Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351
The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
352
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg
(citizens town) of the medieval ages
353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and the 1880s in England
and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture
which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and
colonial elements in the USA

354 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained
337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in
Marseilles?
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter s and St. Paul
355
Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
356 The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

16/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

357 The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the
composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between
monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358

359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a
palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

360
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling
elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra
which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders

361
??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called
362
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental
vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques
363
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

364
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect
marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms

365 TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY


MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING
ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES &
VAULTING

366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367
THE WALLS
368 TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
369
CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.
CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND
370
ARCHES, and
SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
371 MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE
PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCHT.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580).
STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.

372 TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCHRE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT,
CHARATERIZED IN ARCHRE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL
ELEMENTS.
IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED
373 SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS
LAST PHASE IS CALLED ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF
ARCHRE.

374 THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCHRE 1750-1830, WHEN


RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCHRE (
NEO CLASSICAL)

17/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

375
( FR. ROCALLE ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE
ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED
SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT
PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.

SIVERSMITH-LIKE; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH


376
RENAISSANCE.
377 THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND,
NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY
LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION

378 ENGLISH ARCHL & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING
THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED
AFTER JAMES I

379 THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH
AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE
GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

380
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF
TASTE TOWARDDS ARCHRE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th &
EARLY 19th CENT. BLDGS & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED
INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

381 Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or
woman possessed
382
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping)
sides covering a burial chamber blow ground
383
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver &
gold) pyra-midion at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut
with hieroglyphics
384
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex
385
Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall
386
Consists of a complex of sarsen (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have
been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs
of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by
lintels

387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in
number from one to seven

388
Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
389
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright
stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone

18/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

390
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A
wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of
an arch or vault
391
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a
meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or
conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench
along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or
niche (technical)

392
The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and
crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine,
temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.

394
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different
periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

395
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch,
balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural
component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner
curve of an arch
396
a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
397
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a
circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping
triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim

398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of
stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a
high stone roof

399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards
architecture and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very
attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph

400
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil
colors. painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing
watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster

401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as
shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered
walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other

402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of
man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support
for the upper part of a classical building

403
A slab forming the crowning member of a column

19/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to
counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the
appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the
shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a
perfectly straight column would give

405
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a
groove running down an architectural column
406
Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports
407
the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower
portions of walls when decorated separately.
408
The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat
narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices;
architecture gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a
colonnade as the major part of a facade

411
The lowest square member of the base of a column
412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or
colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious
campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate
bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary
(statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in
its face

414
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot
springs or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome

415
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important
settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great
thermae and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a
channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a
great distance

417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a
public meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building.
architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

20/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn
out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late
period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone
or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions

420
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often
on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

421
Line of intersection of cross-vaults
422
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in
a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling

423
A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an
arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room
with arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling

425
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church
426
A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered
427
a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.
428
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so
constructed as to exert an equal thrust in all directions
429
A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy
430
A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431 A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel
were read
432
Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
433 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as
CIBORIUM.
434 A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area
by arcades or the like.
435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance
or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the
altar for the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps)
usually flanked by aisles of less height

436
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of
a building
437
A small pavilion, usually open built in gardens & parks.
438
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space
without object of adoration. (Muslim)

21/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

439
A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting
the beams of a roof, floor or vault.
440
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more
balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer

441
A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle
442
An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.
443
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to
form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting
part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a
square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above

444
Womens or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.
445
An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446 A double curve, resembling the letter S, formed by the union of a curve and a convex
line
447
The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are
placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen
decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox
churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church

449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform
projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a
building, planned for summer leisure.

450
A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings

451
Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design

452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing,
a horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between
two arches and a cornice

453
small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.

454
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical
window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a
window or the panels of a screen
455
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle
or large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to
wine produced there

22/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

456 A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire,
especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges
intersect.
457
a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
458
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether
vaulted or flat.
459
Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.
460
An umbrella shaped copula.
461
The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
462
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate
platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a
colonnade
463
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of
church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central
part (nave)
464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The
new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right
angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels
was adopted

465
Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior

466
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard

467
The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches
468
The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire
469
A room for storage of garments
470
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated
deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.
471
Covered passages around an open space or Garth, connecting the church to the
chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space
472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies

473
A vault in which the ribs compose a star-shaped pattern
474 A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by
monks
475 A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by
means of projecting stones.
476
The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college

23/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

477
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a
terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.
478
An Italian impressive building or private building
479
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a
stair handrail or a coping (walls capping surface).

480
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic
scrolls, and crimped folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a
profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a
lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture
and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular
throughout Europe in the early 18th century.

481
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style
of art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

482 A tower not connected with Bell. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which
the bells are hung.
483
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the
eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and
tradesmen, organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge =
Italian renaissance chief magistrate)

485 (little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in
character.
486 The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and
other officials, usually referred to as the choir
487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone
(Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially
when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the
wall

488
A BRACKET: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls
or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice

489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or
vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious
artifacts

490
The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is
framed.
491
The chief magistrates buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.

24/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular
square or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes
made of glass and providing natural light inside

493
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall
between an outer door and the main part of a building

494
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring
roofs and glazed at the sides

495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in
decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and
greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on
somebodys head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a
circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a
coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]

496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;
[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

497
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the
flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.

498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful
Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor
goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]

499
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An
architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched
structure
500 A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. Die or Dado, and
a cornice or cap mould
501
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting
from roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to
the main roof and has its own gable
502 A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body,
used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in
Renaissance times.
503
Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
504
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area
adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation.
A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house

505
Also called brackets or consoles or ancones. It is a projecting member to support a
weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a
cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets);
also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona
of a Corinthian or Composite column

25/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

506
The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

507
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
508
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around
the east end of the church, behind the altar.
509
Also called key pattern the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament:
a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a
carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

510
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform:
a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

511 The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a
rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess
on the inside
512
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513
A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for
seats in a church
514 A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental
ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and
sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of
England.
515
The space between two columns
516
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian
spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings

517
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality
than brick. [brownish red color]

518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or
heralds

519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th
century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated:
relating to a heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain,
reminiscent of elaborate silverware

520
An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the
rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on
a formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to
offer a fine view of the surrounding area

522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was
the richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly
decorated ornamentation]

26/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

523
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative
representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with
several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting

524
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an
assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

525 Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in
stone and brick.
526 Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive
medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with
small panes.
527
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
528 Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9
or 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to
each storey.
529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often
rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a
simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in
Southeast Asia and the South Pacific

530
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware
decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

531
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or
octagonal shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned
with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.

532
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles
back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into
deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.

533 An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation
in the faade aptly called for the floral design.
534
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate
art and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.

535
The arrangement and design of windows in a building
536
Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.
537
Rock-cut temples in India
538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their
intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the
trusses are directly above & below one another.

539
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the
walls, roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

27/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

540
A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person
541
A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture
542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a
light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or capiz windows and picturesque wide tile
roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy
balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.

543
An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with
drinking ceremony is done

545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is
divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts
or seconds of space.

546
Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a
pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails
547
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant
wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the Sari Manok The silken
Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with
intricate carvings
548
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven
slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring

549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers
of cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest
typhoons in the north

550
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly
one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided
walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building

551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported
upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is
terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the
main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

552
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by
upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams

553
Fool the eye are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire
screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for
example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and
make-believe or create an outdoor scene.

554
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows
and changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster,
old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a
large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached

28/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

555 1930s modernists style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by
geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass
production
556
These are garden rooms.
557 patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer
leisure); LOGGIA
558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire
crowned towers)

559
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic
church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)

560
Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)
561
Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
562
statue chamber
563
bldg that hold sculpture
564
bldg that holds painting
565
acropolis, sacred enclosure
566
coffer, ceiling
567
space bet naos wall and column
568
tholos passageway
569
sleeping room, megaron
570
(greatest example of Egyptian temple)

571
Great Sphinx at Gizeh

572
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria

573
gateway to greek temple

29/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

574
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena

575
prototype Greek Thetre
- largest for 30,000 people

576
oldest & most important bldg in Rome

577
largest circus in Rome
578
largest forum in Rome
579
1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580
2. Caves
581
3. Rocks on top of each other
582
4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583
5. animal skins
584
1. Battered or sloping outside walls
585
2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins
586
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high

587
4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
588
1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
589
2. Roofs flat outside
590
3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as dcor

591
4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
592
1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
593
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all
important buildings
594
1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595
2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596
3. Ceilings sometimes omitted

30/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

597
4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598
5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599
1. The arch & the vault was developed
600
2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]
601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.

602
1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
603
2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof

604
3. Mosaic decoration added internally
605
4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches

607
2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of pendentives
608
3. Fresco decoration using marble & mosaic
609
1. Bulbous or onion dome
610
2. Minarets
611
3. stalactite moulding
612
4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
613
5. painted arch
614
1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
615
2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,
616
3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style
617
4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.

618
1. Pointed arch
619
2. buttress, flying buttress
620
3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting
621
4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622
5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
623
1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)

31/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

624
2. Quoins, Balusters
625
3. domes or raised drums
626
4. pediments one within the other
627
5. rococo
628
6. baroque style
629
7. mansard roof
630
8. salon
631
1. Picturesque values
632
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry &
informality.
633
3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism
634
4. New functions & techniques produced new forms
635
5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
636
6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
637
7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift
638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system,
programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction

639
1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed
640
2. Baloon frame was introduced
641
3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
642
4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator
643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain
wall.

644
2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed
645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

646
4. Steel is used in space-frame
647
1. Hindu worship is an individual act
648
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda),
and are designed for congregational use.

649
3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character

32/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

650
4. The TORUS moulding is used
651
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha

652
6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
653
1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
654
2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural
creation.
655
3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with
small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.
656
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door
furniture, painted walls.
657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the
square chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each
containing the statue of Buddha

658
2. The SIKHARA & PAGODA temples survive.

659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols,
groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.

660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and
projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging
lamps.

661
5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
662
6. Pillars and beams are painted yellow or red and painted silks hang from the roof.

663
1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill
664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often
finished with porcelain tile

666
4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)
667
5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs
668
6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

33/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned
with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

671
2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
672
3. Roof framing in rectangle and not triangle.
673
4. Use of bright colors
674
5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a
succession of brackets

677
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls

678
4. Rooms are regulated by a KEN Tatami mats.
679
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden
posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.

681
2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,
682
3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,
683
4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684
5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
685
1. Beehives,
686
2. huts,
687
3. caves,
688
4. tents,
689
5. Stonehenge, England
690
6. igloos
691
1. Sphinx,

34/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

692
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser
at Saqqara, Egypt
consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)

693
3. Obelisks,
694
4. Mastaba Tombs,
695
5. Great Temple,
696
6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 1237 BC)

697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila

698
7. Temple of Khons,

699
1. Ziggurat of Ur,
700
2. persepolis,
701
3. hall of the hundred columns
702
1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703
2. Citadel Teotihuacan,
704
3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,
705
4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706
1. Acropolis,
707 2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek Doric
on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar

708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.

35/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

709
3. Agora,
710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural
achievements of the fourth century.
the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
can accommodate 14,000 spectators.

711
4. ODEION theatre,
712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the
other

713
6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,

714
7. open hillside theatres
715

1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
great domed hall with oculus
oculus a single circular opening
one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture

716
2. Forums,Trajans Forum
100 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Roman
composed of an arc of arched arcade
most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
largest known forums

717
3. Basilicas

718
4. Thermae,
719
5. Amphitheatres,

36/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

720

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum


70 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and
Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades
largest Roman Amphitheater
designed to hold 50,000 spectators
had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly

721
7. Triumphal arch,
722
8. gateways,
723
9. aqueducts
724
1. Basilican Churches,
725
2. Baptisteries
726
1. St. Sophia, Constantinople

727
2. St. Mark, Venice
728
1. The great mosques,
729
2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730
3. Kiosk @ Istanbul
731
4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732
5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi
733
1. St, Zeno,
734
2. Maggiore Monastery,
735
3. Leaning Tower,
736
4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737
5. Castles, fortifications,
738
6. chateus, Manor houses
739
1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740
2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741
3. Kings College,

37/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

742
4. Canterbury Town Halls,
743
5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744
1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745
2. St. Peters PIAZZA,
746
3. Cathedral Vatican,
747
4. Palais du louvre,
748
5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749
6. St Pauls Cathedral, London,
750
7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751
1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752
2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753
3. University Museum, Oxford
754
4. Red House, Kent
755
5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756
1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757
2. New louvre,
758
3. Paris Opera House,
759
4. Paris & cologne.
760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years

761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America,
consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate

38/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world

763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
Style: Neo-Egyptian
the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base

764

Golden Gate Bridge


1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
one of the longest bridge in the world
a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters

765
Saint Patricks Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
shaped like a Latin cross
the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style

766
3. Boston Empire State Building,

767
4. English Country Houses
768
5. Bungalows

39/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

769

The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance

770
Palais Royal
commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
original name is Palais Cardinal
17th century
Daniel Buren: stripped columns

771 Arc de Triomphe


Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the
top of the Champs Elysees

772
Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a
year
massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent
tube

773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
twin towers marking the entrance
probably the most famous image in French Gothic art

40/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

774

Paris Opera House


1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Location: Paris, France
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Neo-Baroque
polychrome faade, opulent staircase
commission by competition
masterpiece of 19th century architecture
one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall

775
Elysee Palace
1718
Architect: Claude Mollet
official residence of the president of France

776 Hotel de Invalides


Napoleons tomb is within the structure
founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
late 17th century

777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
constructed as a church in 1842
surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns

778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which
eliminated the need for alternating supports
supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture

779

Rheims Cathedral
one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
construction commerced by Jean dOrbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
a work of remarkable unity and harmony

41/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
dominates the sky line of Paris
one of the most famous landmarks in the world
built for the Paris Exposition of 1889

781 Sorbonne
most famous building at the University of Paris

782
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic faade,
Classical Revival
Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by
Norman Foster

783

Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: English Gothic
Cathedral of Saint Mary
an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
tallest in England 404ft (123m)
use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured

784
Queens House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I

42/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

785
Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures,
rusticated base

786
Saint Pauls Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
largest cathedral in England

787
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian
also known as Burlington House

788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
originally seat of kings as a royal residence

43/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

789

Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Romanesque
one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived

790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

791 Buckingham Palace


Architect: sir George Goring
built during the reign of king James I

792
1. Salginatobel Bridge,
793
2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794
3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795
4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright
796
5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright
797
6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798
7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799
8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800
9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
801
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
means Perpetual Help

44/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

802

Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Byzantine
a tremendous domed space
built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
additional minarets when the church became a mosque

803 Cathedral of Siena


Location: Southern Italy
incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design

804

Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
"Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most
famous building groups in the world
the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
white marble with colonnaded facades

805

Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
1418: competition for construction of dome.
1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction
begun
The Duomo dome added by Brunelleschi
1436 church consecrated

45/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

806
Krak des Chevaliers
1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
crusader castle
the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world

807

Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
palace of Nasrid Dynasty
the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
built as a cathedral in the mid-1200s
hall of justice: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration

808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
uses animal styles al through-out the structure

809

Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
light court
it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like
dwellings

46/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

810

Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
Church of the Holy Family
uncompleted during Gaudis lifetime
crowned by four spires

811
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
roofs
1. onion-shape domes, flanking
at 45 degrees gradient towers,
or less built for wife Mumatz Mahal
use
2. located on the Jumna
of bricks, Riverhardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or tisa
limestone,
museum
were imported)for Mogul emperors consort
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870s)
1.
4. a regimewith
transoms of reinforced
floral and concrete
foliate scrollandwork
galvanized
(1890s) iron
2.
5. Neo-Classical
1890s Art Nouveau stylesbrought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades,
812 3. shrine
DANIEL of freedom,
BURNHAM designed by Fatherby Antonio Cedeno,W.H. with Taft
Diego Jordantheas
etched or colored glasspanels
commissioned
replaced capiz Gov. General to draft Master
engineer
Plan for Manila and government buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building,
6. emergence of Filipino and foreign architects working
famous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard in the Philippines
813 among
a. FELIX others)
ROXAS first Filipino architect;
adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall served
are 45 ft asthick
architect
and riseto the
25 Manila
ft above government;
the moat;
4. MASTER
studied BUILDERSSpain
in England (maestro de obras) acquired title either from practical
structures inside theand city include:
814 experience
b. JUAN HERVAS or completed
a Catalanacademic who training
was oneofofMaster Builders
the Spanish course invited to
architects
5. LICEO DE
- mediocre
reconstruct MANILA
design,
Manila the
firstearthquake
uncontrolled
after schoolandtohasty
open threeandyear
rebuilding
of 1863 course
only
1880 in architecture
resurrected old designs
6.
7. TOMAS
churchesMAPUA
- commercial building first
drew licensed architect;
inspiration established thearchitecture
from contemporary second school in the(followed
West by
815
UST and
- developmentAdamson) ofChurch,
community
a. Sto. Domingo
Movement in 20th Century, artplanning
Intramuros
that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian
7. MASONIC
-b.BUNGALOW TEMPLE, Escolta1948; church
firstone-storey
multi-storey reinforced concrete building in the
816 San Ignacio,
Concrete, steelIntramuros
introduced
and glass infirst designed house
by a with wide
Filipino picture
architect windows, a
Philippines
lanai
c. San and a
Sebastiancarport for
Church,up to three
Manila cars
only Gothic church in the Philippines
Advocators: Jim Slade and Robert Colley.
8.
8. CHALET
Cubist
- modern
brides style developed
suburbanwith
architecture inhouse;
Germany simple
a renewed anddesign
Austria
interest with verandah in front or around the
in(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
Filipino motifs
an architects.
817 house;
Devoid
a. use
Fuente middle-class
ofof ornamentation
pointed
de Espanaroofs, lattices,
first bridge screens,
to span wood
the carvings
Pasig River linking Intramuros and
The architecture of reinforced concrete iron and glass.
9. 1930s continued
Symmetrical/Assymetrical urban development; emergence ofMANOSA multi-storey, multi-family
b. architecture
Binondo
Calculation of LEANDRO
of audacity andplans LOCSIN and FRANCISCO
simplicity
818 Sought
dwellings
Overlapping
b. Colgante forandsolutions for
&commercial
intersecting
Bridge alternative
suspensionstructures; cheap
2-dimensional
bridge; forms
distinct
planes
only forofpedestrians;
construction
simplification
that enclose in timber,
of lines, emphasis
3-dimensional
framework brick
of & metal.
on
space.
iron
Capable of expressing tangible miracles.
Initiated
verticality;
Pure
imported colorby
from British
other
like white(pre-fab.
architects
England & grey Architecture)
contradicted
of exterior the trend by putting horizontal strips of glass
walls.
Inspired by Filippo Tommaso Marinetti.
A design of something
window
Distribution Auspicious.
of wall to window space is approximately equal.
819 Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass.
Other definitions:
Ideal
Refersabstract
to low-cost art movement
housing arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
820 Out
Based viewon inthe w/c the Art
idea: majoris an activities
absolute or entity,
environmental
whose originfactorliewas
in theemployed
mind & in the forms
whose
Pre-Fabricated unit
structure in a non-intellectual
are unrelated to objects of visible world. manner.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
821
Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.
Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.
822 ,Tends
first built in the 13th
to individual century and reconstructed in 19061909, is the largest clay
sensibility.
building in the world.
823 developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of
techniques for manufacturing rolled steel
824
architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
825
- escape FROM THE Industrial World
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
826
In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.
827
The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.

47/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

828
The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
829 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her
domains had ample supply of was.
830
Greek architecture was essentially.
831
Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
832 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect
building ever erected is the.
833 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the
Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
834
Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
835 From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the
practice of using.
836
The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.
837
The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.
838 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the
use of what material for facing walls.
839
The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840
The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
841
Amphitheaters are used for ___.
842
An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
843
The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
844 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex
tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles.
845 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more
usually, the ornament itself.
846
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847
In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
848
The characteristic of Greek ornament.
849 The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that
of the rest of Europe.
850
The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.
851
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
852
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
853
The open court in an Italian palazzo.
854
The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
855
Japanese tea house.
856
A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.

48/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

857
Domical mound containing a relic.
858
Ifugao house (southern strain).
859
In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860
The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
861
Tomb of the pharaohs.
862 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for
consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.
863 A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and
intended to house an altar.
864
Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
865
Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
866
Architect of the Einstein Tower.
867
Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
868
What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
869
From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?
870
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
871
Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.
872
Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.
In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative
873
system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other
helpful works.
874
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
875
Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.
876
The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
877
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
878
A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
879
Sarimanok is a dcor reflecting the culture of the ___.
880
Caryatid porch is from what architecture?
881
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
882
A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
883
A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.
884
The Parthenon is from what architecture.
885
A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.

49/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

886
A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
887
A concave molding approximately quarter round.
888
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
889
A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
890
What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.
891
Architect of Robinson's Galleria
892
Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.
893
"A house is like a flower pot"
894
Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.
895
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
896
The council house in Greece.
897
Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.
898
Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.
899
A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.
900
Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
901
Less is more.
902
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.
903
Embrasures.
904
Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.
905
Different historical styles combined.
906
Architect of TWA airport.
907
The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
908
First president and founder of PAS.
909
"Modern architecture need not be western".
910
Architect of the national library, Philippines.
911 The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian
architecture, which palace was it used.
912
Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.
913 The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric
capital.
914
Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.

50/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

915
Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
916
A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.
917
The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
918 A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size
with corbelled cornice and moldings.
919
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
920
From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921
From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
922
Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.
923
The three pyramids in Gizeh
924
The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
925
A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.
926
In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
927
The tomb beneath a church.
928
A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929
A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
930
Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.
931
A roman house with a central patio.
932
Revival of classical Roman style
The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and
933
Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic
architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall structures, round arches,
934
Architect and furniture designer.
935
First registered architect in the Philippines.
936
The public square of imperial Rome.
937
Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
938
Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
939
How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
940
Agora is from what architecture?
941
Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.
942
A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
943
Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

51/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

944 The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called
a blind story.
945 A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the
interior.
946
A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
947
The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.
948
A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.
949 In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that
spans from column to column.
950
In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
951
Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
952
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
953
Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
954
A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
955
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
956
The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
957
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
958 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the
polygonal plan of its supporting structure.
959
A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
960 The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or
chancel and usually flanked by aisles.
961
The covered walk of an atrium.
962
A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
963
A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.
964
An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
965
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.
966
A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
967
A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.
968
Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.
969 The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the
compassionate Buddha.
970
A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971
architecture.
972
Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.

52/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

973
A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.
974
The crowning member of a column.
975
A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.
976
A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
977
The cold section of a Roman Bath.
978
This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
979
The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.
980
Holy mountains.
981
Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.
982
Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.
983
The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.
984
The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
985
Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.
986
Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.
987
Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.
988
Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989
Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990
Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
991
The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?
992
The Greek male statues used as columns.
993
A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
994
A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.
995
The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
996
The lowest step in the crepidoma.
997
A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.
998
The three chamber of a Greek temple.
999
A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
1000
Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.
1001
The clear space in between columns.

53/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1002
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1003
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
1004
Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
1005
Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006
Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007
A kindred type to the theater.
1008
Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009
Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011
A foot race course in the cities.
1012
A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013
A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014
In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015
Greek order that has no base.
1016
The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017
What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018 What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of
steel for buildings.
1019
The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
1020
The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021
Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022
Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1023
Architects of the Parthenon.
1024
Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025
In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.
1026
Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027
The oldest circus in Rome.
1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by
whom and completed by whom?
1029
Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030
A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.

54/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1031
The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032
Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033
Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034
Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035
Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036
A quadrigas is a ___.
1037
The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038
The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039
Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040
One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041
The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042
The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043
The private house of the Romans.
1044
Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045
Roman large square tiles.
1046
A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.
1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly
resembling polygonal work.
1048
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049
A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050
A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051
A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
1052
musical competitions in Greek festivals.
1053 A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage
of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
1054 Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped
or diminishing pedestal.
1055
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.
1056
Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058
The origin of the door architrave.
1059
The atrium type of house originated with the ___.

55/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1060
Roman apartment blocks.
1061 A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the
purpose of relaxation.
1062
!5th to 18th century architecture.
1063
"Form follows function".
1064
The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065
A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066
Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067
Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069
Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070
Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071
The warm room in the Thermae.
1072
The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073
The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075
The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076
The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077
Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078
Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080
Orientation of the Medieval Church.
1081 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of
the church called ___.
1082
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later
developed into the transept, this is the ___.
1084
In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085
The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1086
Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087
Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088
The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.

56/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1089
Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090
One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091
cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092
A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the
chapter
1094
house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095
The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096
The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097 The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important
structure of the Gothic period.
1098
The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099
The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
1100
He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101
Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102
The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103
Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104
The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105
The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106
The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107
The architect of the Pantheon.
1108
The senate house of the Greeks.
1109
Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
1110
Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111
In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112
In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113
In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114
This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.
1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by
means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.
1116
In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117
From what architecture is the Stoa?

57/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1118
The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119
Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120
A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121
Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122
The large element in the frieze.
1123
"A is a machine to live in".
1124
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125
"Architecture is Organic".
1126
Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127
First elected U.A.P. president.
1128
Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130
Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131
Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132
Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133
This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134
A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135
Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136
Expressionist Architect.
1137
Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138
Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
1139
Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140
Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142
Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143
Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design
depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell
which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

58/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1147
Architect of SM Megamall.
1148
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149
G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
1150 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during
occasions.
1151 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are
kept.
1152
The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a
laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-
shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
1155
Form follows function
1156
Form does not necessarily follow function
1157
Art and Architecture, the new unity
1158
A house is a house
1159
Cube within a cube
1160
A bridge is like a house
1161
Less is more
1162
Ornament is a crime
1163
Less is more only when more is too much
1164
FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165
MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166
RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167
Formulated Cubism and Futurism
1168
Less is Bore / Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture
1169 The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within
to be lived in
1170 LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such
tower in New York City.
1171
CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1172
GEODESIC DOME
1173
SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174
SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM
1175
PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL

59/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1176
BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177
EINSTEIN TOWER
1178
CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179
CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180
TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181
ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182
SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183
BANK OF CHINA, HK
1184
TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185
AT&T BLDG, NY
1186
Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187
Crystal Palace, England
1188
Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut
Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY
1189
GOTHIC
1190
Sagrada Familia, Spain
1191
John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192
Woolworth Building, NY
1193
Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194
St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195
Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France
Italian architect
1196
Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and
steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.
Skin and bone construction.

60/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the
classics and later in architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the International Style
Father figure of Post Modernism.
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.

1199
professional name of Charles douard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect,
painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
The house is a machine to live in.
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cit Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unit d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandgarh, India

1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete
won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.

PHILOSOPHY:

Searching for a materials want to be.

WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richards Medical Center

61/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1201

French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.
Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the
greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.

1203

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading
architects of the mid-20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Function influences but does not dictate form.
Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.
Architecture is not just to fulfill mans belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis

1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower

PHILOSOPHY:
Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.

WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland

62/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1205
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of
reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural
problems.
Discovered ferro-cemento
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used
either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the
layers of mortar & mesh.
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris

1206

American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the
late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the
modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the users taste;
Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.
Less is Bore
More is More
Modern movement was almost right
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia

1207
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs
for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with
traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Modern Architecture need not be Western.
The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.

1208 House of Michealerplatz, Vienna

1209 Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland

1210 Notre Dame du Raincy, France

1211 Sagrada de Familia

1212 US Capitol, Washington DC

1213 Glasgow School of Art

1214 Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

63/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1215 Flatiron Building, NY

1216 Jewish Museum, Berlin

1217 TWA Terminal

1218 Helsinki Railway Station

1219 Los Manantiales, Mexico

1220 Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA

1221 Taliesin West, Arizona

1222 Munich Olympic Stadium

1223 Tokyo, Japan

1224 Eiffel Tower, Paris

1225 Bank of China, Hong Kong

1226 Sydney Opera House

1227 Chrystal Palace

1228 Fuji TV Headquarters

1229 Auditorium Building, Chicago

1230 Salk Institute, California

1231 Unite d Habitacion, France

1232 Catedral de Brasilia

1233 Seagram Building

1234 Portland Building, Oregon

1235 Habitat 67, Montreal

1236 London City Hall

1237 At & T Building, NY

1238 Lippo Building , Hong Kong

1239 Red House, England

1240 Max Reinhardt House, Germany

1241 Turin Exhibition Hall

1242 Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia

1243 Jubilee Church, Rome

64/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1244 CCTV China

1245 Saginatobel Bridge

1246 El Auditorio de Tenerife

1247 Church of the Light, Osaka

1248
CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1249
UN Building
1250 Allianz Arena

1251 Lloyds Building, London

1252 Torre Agbar

1253
DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA
1254
THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255
DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256
HSBC Hongkong
JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257 Height: 420.60 meters
design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258
WORLD TRADE CENTER New York
1259
TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260
GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261
GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262
John Hancock Center Chicago
PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263
Height: 452 meters
1264
THE LOUVRE
1265
CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266
EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267
CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268
SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269
Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270
Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271
SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272
East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

65/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1273 EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

1274
ST. PAULS CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710
1275 ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)

1276 ROYAL
SEARS CHAPEL, THE PALACE
TOWER, CHICAGO OF VERSAILLES
(1947-1976) 110 STOREY(1707-1710)
NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters
1277 still the tallest building if the antennas are included
has the highest occupied floors
1278
1st Suspension Bridge
1279
1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280
1st Mall in the Country
1281
1st Prefabricate Structure
1282
1st School in the American Period
1283
1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284
1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285
1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286
1st Registered Architect
1287
1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288
1st Building to use an Elevator
1289
Metropolitan Theatre
1290
U.S.T. Main Building
1291
F.E.U. Main Building
1292
Alejandro Legardo
1293
Antonio Toledo
1294
Carlos Barretto
1295
Juan Arellano
1296
Tomas Mapua
1297
Mapua Institute of Technology
1298
University of Santo Tomas
1299
Adamson University
1300
Adrian Wilson
1301
Andres Luna de San Pedro

66/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1302
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1303
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1304
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305
Antonio Sindiong
1306
Antonio Sindiong
1307
Antonio Toledo
1308
Antonio Toledo
1309
Antonio Toledo
1310
Antonio Toledo
1311
Antonio Toledo
1312
Carlos Arguelles
1313
Carlos Arguelles
1314
Carlos Santos-Viola
1315
Carlos Santos-Viola
1316
Carlos Santos-Viola
1317
Cesar Concio
1318
Cesar Concio
1319
Cesar Concio
1320
Cesar Concio
1321
Cesar Concio
1322
Chika Go, Desu Go
1323
Cresencio C. Castro
1324
Cresencio C. Castro
1325
Felipe Mendoza
1326
Felipe Mendoza
1327
Felipe Mendoza
1328
Felipe Mendoza
1329
Fernando Ocampo
1330
Fernando Ocampo

67/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1331
Fernando Ocampo
1332
Francisco Manosa
1333
Francisco Manosa
1334
Francisco Manosa
1335
Francisco Manosa
1336
Francisco Manosa
1337
Gabino de Leon
1338
Gabriel Formoso
1339
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1340
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1341
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1342
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1343
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1344
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345
Guillermo Tolentino
1346
Jorge Ramos
1347
Jorge Ramos
1348
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1349
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1350
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1351
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1352
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1353
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1354
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1355
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356
Juan Arellano
1357
Juan Arellano
1358
Juan Arellano
1359
Juan Arellano

68/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1360
Juan Arellano
1361
Juan Arellano
1362
Juan Arellano
1363
Juan Arellano
1364
Juan Arellano
1365
Juan Nakpil
1366
Juan Nakpil
1367
Juan Nakpil
1368
Juan Nakpil
1369
Juan Nakpil
1370
Juan Nakpil
1371
Juan Nakpil
1372
Juan Nakpil
1373
Juan Nakpil
1374
Juan Nakpil
1375
Juan Nakpil
1376
Juan Nakpil
1377
Juan Nakpil
1378
Juan Nakpil
1379
Juan Nakpil
1380
Leandro V. Locsin
1381
Leandro V. Locsin
1382
Leandro V. Locsin
1383
Leandro V. Locsin
1384
Leandro V. Locsin
1385
Leandro V. Locsin
1386
Leandro V. Locsin
1387
Leandro V. Locsin
1388
Leandro V. Locsin

69/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1389
Leandro V. Locsin
1390
Leandro V. Locsin
1391
Leandro V. Locsin
1392
Leandro V. Locsin
1393
Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394
Maosa Brothers
1395
Manuel Go
1396
Otilio Arellano
1397
Otilio Arellano
1398
Otilio Arellano
1399
Pablo Antonio
1400
Pablo Antonio
1401
Pablo Antonio
1402
Pablo Antonio
1403
Pablo Antonio
1404
Pablo Antonio
1405
Pablo Antonio
1406
Pablo Antonio
1407
Palafox & Associates
1408
Palafox & Associates
1409
Palafox & Associates
1410
Palafox & Associates
1411
Palafox & Associates
1412
Richard Kissling
1413
Rogelio Villarosa
1414
Tomas B. Mapua
1415
Tomas B. Mapua
1416
Tomas B. Mapua
1417
Tomas B. Mapua

70/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1418
Walter Gropius
1419
William Coscolluela
1420
William Coscolluela
1421
William Coscolluela
1422
William Coscolluela
1423
William Coscolluela
1424
William Coscolluela
1425
William Coscolluela
1426
William Coscolluela
1427
William Coscolluela
1428
William Coscolluela
1429
William Coscolluela
1430
William Parson
1431
William Parson
1432
William Parson
1433
William Parson
1434
William Parson
1435
William Parson
1436
Leandro Locsin
1437
Recio Casas/ KPF
1438
Gabriel Formoso
1439
Gabriel Formoso
1440
William Coscolluela/ SOM
1441
Antonio Sindiong
1442
Antonio Sindiong
1443
Adrian Wilson
1444
Juan Nakpil
1445
GF and Partners
1446
Franciso Maosa

71/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1447
William Coscolluela
1448
GF and Partners
1449
Recio Casas
1450
Leandro Locsin
1451
GF and Partners / SOM
1452
William Coscolluela/ SOM
1453
Gabriel Formoso
1454
Anonio Sindiong
1455
Gabriel Formoso
1456
Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1457
Gabriel Formoso
1458
Engracio Mariano
1459
Gabriel Formoso
1460
Rogelio Villarosa
1461
Rogelio Villarosa
1462
Angel Nakpil
1463
Recio Casas
1464
Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1465
Antonio Sindiong
1466
Gabriel P. Formoso
1467
RMJM
1468
Carlos Arguelles
1469
Antonio Sindiong
1470
Leandro Locsin
1471
Palafox/ SOM
1472
Gabriel Formoso
1473
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1474
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1475
Maosa Brothers

72/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1476
William Coscolluela
1477
Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1478
GF and Partners
1479
Fernando Ocampo
1480
Leandro V. Locsin
1481
Leandro V. Locsin
1482
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1483
Antonio Toledo
1484
Cresencio De Castro
1485
Gabriel Formoso
1486
Francisco Maosa
1487
Leandro V. Locsin
1488
Leandro V. Locsin
1489
Froilan Hong
1490
Leandro V. Locsin
1491
Jorge Ramos
1492
Leandro Locsin
1493
Leandro Locsin
1494
Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495
Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1496
Carlos Santos-Viola
1497
Alfredo Luz
1498
Gabriel Formoso
1499
Rogelio Villarosa
1500
Carlos Arguelles
1501
Leandro V. Locsin
1502
William Parsons
1503
William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1504
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

73/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1505
Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506
Cesar Concio
1507
Leandro Locsin
1508
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1509
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1510
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1511
Angel Nakpil
1512
Juan Nakpil
1513
Juan Nakpil
1514
Carlos Arguelles
1515
Juan Nakpil
1516
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1517
Galvan
1518
Fernando Ocampo
1519
Fernando Ocampo
1520
Fernando Ocampo
1521
William Parsons
1522
Juan Hervas
1523
Juan Nakpil
1524
Juan Nakpil
1525
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1526
Antonio Toleda
1527
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1528
Federico Ilustre
1529
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1530
Angel Nakpil
1531
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1532
Juan Nakpil
1533
Antonio Sindiong

74/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1534
Gabriel Formoso
1535
Juan Arellano
1536
Otilio Arellano
1537
William Parsons
1538
Antonio Toledo
1539
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1540
Juan Arellano
1541
Federico Ilustre
1542
Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1543
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1544
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1545
William Parsons and Antonio Toledo
1546
Tomas B. Mapua
1547
Tomas B. Mapua
1548
William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1549
Otilio Arellano
1550
Cesar Canchela
1551
Antonio Toledo
1552
Luis Araneta
1553
Carlos Arguelles
1554
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1555
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1556
Felipe Mendoza
1557
Gabriel Formoso
1558
Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559
Alfredo Luz
1560
Fernando Ocampo
1561
Juan Hervas
1562
Otilio Arellano

75/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1563
Angel Nakpil
1564
Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Maosa (restoration)
1565
Victorio C. Edades
1566
Rogelio Villarosa
1567
Juan Hervas
1568
Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569
Dominador Lugtu
1570
Felipe Mendoza
1571
Felipe Mendoza
1572
Cesar Concio
1573
Antonio Toledo
1574
Juan Nakpil
1575
Cesar Concio
1576
Guillermo Tolentino
1577
Gabriel Formoso
1578
Jorge Ramos
1579
Cesar Concio
1580
Carlos Arguelles
1581
Carlos Santos-Viola
1582
William Coscolluela
1583
Juan Nakpil
1584
Federico Ilustre
1585
William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
1586
Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587
Philip Recto
1588
Art Alcantara
1589
William Coscolluela
1590
Leandro V. Locsin
1591
Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi

76/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1592
Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593
Felipe Mendoza
1594
Philip Recto
1595
Maosa Brothers
1596
RR Payumo
1597
Carlos Santos-Viola
1598
Rogelio Villarosa
1599
Francisco Maosa
1600
Antonio Sindiong
1601
Rogelio Villarosa
1602
Francisco Maosa
1603
GF and Partners/ KPF
1604
William Coscolluela
1605
Francisco Maosa
1606
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1607
Nick Feliciano
1608
Francisco Maosa
1609
Felipe Mendoza
1610
Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611
William V. Coscolluela
1612
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1613
Recio Casas
1614
William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1615
GF and Partners
1616
Gabriel Formoso
1617
William Coscolluela
1618
G and W
1619
Francisco Maosa
1620
Francisco Maosa

77/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1621
Felipe Mendoza
1622
Francisco Maosa
1623
Leandro V. Locsin
1624
Maosa Brothers
1625
Francisco Maosa
1626
Juan Arellano
1627
Gabriel Formoso
1628
Temple of Luxor
1629
Abu Simbel
1630
Pyramid of King Zoser
1631
The Great Pyramid
1632
Partheon
1633
Erechtheum
1634
Epidaurus Theater
1635
The Pantheon
1636
Trajan's Forum
1637
Colosseum
1638
White House
1639
Capitol of the United States
1640
National Gallery Of Art
1641
Washington Monument
1642
University of Virginia
1643
Massachusetts State House
1644
Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645
Connecticut State Capitol
1646
Monticallo
1647
New York City Hall
1648
Fallingwater
1649
Guggenheim Museum

78/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1650
Coonley House
1651
Ennis House
1652
Johnson Wax Building
1653
Larkin Building
1654
Wingspread
1655
Golden Gate Bridge
1656
The Louvre
1657
Tuileries
1658
Palais Royal
1659
Sacre-coeur
1660
Hotel de Ville
1661
Arc de Triomphe
1662
Pompidou Centre
1663
Notre Dame de Paris
1664
ParisOpera House
1665
Elysee Palace
1666
Hotel de Invalides
1667
La Madelaine
1668
Sorbonne
1669
Charles Cathedral
1670
Amien's Cathedral
1671
Rheims Cathedral
1672
Eiffel Tower
1673
Notre Dame du Haut
1674
Villa Savoye
1675
Burgtheater
1676
Berlin Opera House
1677
Wurzburg Residenz
1678
Einstein Tower

79/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1679
British Moseum
1680
Salisbury Cathedral
1681
Queen's House
1682
Somerset House
1683
St. Paul's Cathedral
1684
Chiswick House
1685
Westminster Palace
1686
Glasgow School of Art
1687
Durham cathedral
1688
Buckingham Palace
1689
Temple of Heaven
1690
Hagia Sofia
1691
Cathedral of Siena
1692
Pisa Cathedral
1693
Florence Cathedral
1694
Krak des Chevaliers
1695
Alhambra
1696
Casa Batllo
1697
Casa Mila
1698
Sagrada Familia
1699
Taj Mahal
1700
Paoay Church
1701
Vigan Church
1702
Santa Maria Church
1703
Tumauini Church
1704
Angat Church
1705
Barasoain Church
1706
San Sebastian Church
1707
San Augustine Church

80/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1708
Taal Church
1709
Daraga Church
1710
Miagao Church
1711
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712
PBCom Tower
1713
Petron Mega Plaza
1714
G.T. International Tower
1715
Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716
ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719
Petronas Tower
1720
Sears Tower
1721
Jin Mao Building
1722
Plaza Rakyat
1723
Empire State Building
1724
Central Plaza
1725
Bank of China
1726
Emirates Tower I
1727
The Center
1728
T & C Tower
1729
AON Center
1730
John Hancock Center
1731
Shun Hing Square
1732
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733
Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734
Baiyoke Tower 2
1735
Chrysler Building
1736
Bank of American Palza

81/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1737
Library Tower
1738
Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739
AT & T Corporate Center
1740
Chase Tower
1741
Ryugyong Hotel
1742
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for his
outstanding talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are
conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed 1. Geronimo Reyes
Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

1743
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:
1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)

1744
o Most prolific artist-designer
o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

1745

1746 o Master of Neoclassicist style


o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila

82/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Childrens Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748

1749

1750

1751
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)
Reliance Building, Chicago
Monadnock Building, Chicago
Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
Prepared site for
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office

1752
Implementation of D. Burnhams plans

1753
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the El Nido style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???

1755
1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world
1756
1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)
1757
1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758
he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace
1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public
Works
1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest
architectural school in the country
1761
the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines

83/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1762
o Public administrator; advocated Building Code of Manila
o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763
o Pioneering Staff of Division of Architecture
1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco faade through the high-
pitch roof in the central building
1765
Quiapo Church
1766
The Ever Theater the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767
Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768
Rizal Home Restoration
1769
Bonifacio Monument
1770
SSS Bldg
1771
Sn Miguel Church
1772
UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773
Phil. National bank
1774
Manila Railroad Company
1775
FEU
1776
Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)
Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics
1777 in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as
detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs, bamboo banister railings, carved banana and
1778 mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
Rizal Memorial
1779
Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio
1780
Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781
Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle neoclassicism
1782
Supreme Court
1783
Quezon Memorial Circle
1784
OLD MIA
1785
GSIS
1786
Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787
Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788
Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789
Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1790
Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

84/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1791
Finance Bldg
1792
Baclaran Church
1793
US Protestant Church
1794
Perpetual Help Church
1795
UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796
Childrens Hospital
1797
ABS CBN QC
1798
DBP - Makati
1799
Manila Hilton
1800
UPLB Masterplan
1801
UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802
Malacanang
1803
Manila Hotel
1804
PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805
Phil. Normal college
1806
Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807
UST Chapel
1808
Antipolo Church
1809

1810
Baguio
1811 1. Manila Hotel
Luneta Park
2. Army & Navy Club
1812 3. Philippine General Hospital
Old CongressNormal
4. Philippine Bldg. (Legislative
School Bldg)
5. Womens Dormitory of the Normal School
1813
6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)
7. YMCA building
1814 8. Elks Club
9. Manila Club
1815 10. Gabaldon schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes
Manila POLO Club
1816
FEU Main Bldg
1817
Lyric Ideal Theather
1818
Jai Alai
1819
Central bank of the Philippines

85/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1820
Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821
San Agustin Church
1822
UST Main Bldg
1823
Araneta Coliseum
1824
Sto. Domingo Church
1825
Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826
Iglesia ni Kristo
1827
New Era
1828
Rustans QC
1829
Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830
Vista De Loro
1831
San Beda Chapel
1832
1. Legarda Elementary School French renaissance
1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House French renaissance and official residence of Corazon
Aquino during her presidency
1834
3. Perez-Samanillo Building art deco and modern style
1835 4. Crystal Arcade art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping
mall
1836 5. Perkins House also known as El Nido (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manilas
1925 House Beautiful Contest
1837
Malacanang residence
1838
UP Catholic Chapel
1839
St. Andres Church - Makati
1840
Mandarin hotel
1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which
reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842
National Arts Center
1843
NAIA
1844
Manila Hotel , New
1845
CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846
Edsa Shrine
Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double
1847
roof reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod)
window borrowed from the bahay kubo
1848
Las Pinas Church Restoration

86/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1849
San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850
Antonio Pacific
1851
Pacific Plaza
1852
Ali Mall
1853
SM
1854
China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855
Tektite Tower
1856
National Bookstores
1857
Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858
Shangrila Makati
1859
Kings Court 1 & 2
1860
Silahis Hotel
1861
Stella Maris College
1862
Manila Doctors Hospital
1863
Times Theater
1864
Makati Med. Center
1865
Quezon City Hall
1866
De La salle University
1867
Nurses Home
1868
UY-CHACO building
1869

1870
o Magsaysay Center
1871 o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872
Robinson's Galeria
1873
Quiapo Mosque
1874
Phil. Heart center
1875
Meralco Building
o Feati University
PLDT Building
TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1876 o
6790, Ayala avenue,(1st
Ambassador Hotel skyscraper
Makati City 4flrs)
o CITIBANK
UST seminary building
TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
1877 AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City
EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS,
RENNAISANCE 2000
RENNAISANCE TOWERS 87/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1878
AYALA
PACIFICTOWER
PLAZA1, Ayala Avenue,
TOWERS, Makati City
Fort Bonifacio (consultant: S.O.M.)
(arquitectonica)
ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
1879
KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City
GT INTERNATIONAL
MANANSALA TOWER, TOWER, Ayala
Rockwell avenue,
center, Makati
Makati City City
1880 OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
1881
JIN MAO TOWER
ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
1882
FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
1883
ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas
1884
ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885
Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886
Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887
Las Pinas Church
1888
Loboc Church Bohol
1889
Manila Cathedral
1890
Miagao Church, iloilo
1891
Morong Church, Rizal
1892
Panay Church, Rizal
1893
Quiapo Church
1894
San Agustin Church
1895
World Trade Center
1896
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897
Carlos Arguelles
1898
Edmundo Lucero
1899
Francisco Fajardo
1900
Gavino de Leon
1901
Cezar de dios
1902
Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903
Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904

1905

1906

88/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

1919

1920

1921

1922

1923

1924

1925

1926

1927

1928

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

1935

89/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1936

1937

1938

1939

1940

1941

1942

1943

1944

1945

1946

1947

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

1953

1954

1955

1956

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

1962

1963

1964

90/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1965

1966

1967

1968

1969

1970

1971

91/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses I

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Roman

176

92/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

a. i, ii, iii

Octagonal

13..

Square

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Stylobate

Stereobate

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

Stadium

Callicrates and Ictinus

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Dapogan

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

93/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Doric

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Van Alen

Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Canephora

Bartizan

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

William Cosculluela

Imhotep

Richard Josef Neutra

94/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jugendstijl

Eero Saarinen

Kenzo Tange

Khufu

Console

Chartres Cathedral

Octagonal

Tokonama

Hagia Sophia

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra

Niche

Mudejar

Mnesicles

Pinacotheca

Odeion

Epidauros

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

Buckminster Fuller

95/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Agrippa

Minoru Yamasaki

Bernini

Anthemius and Isidorus

George Ramos

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Iigo Jones

Callimachus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

Mnesicles

Phidias

Welton Becket

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Erich Mendelsohn

96/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

John Ruskin and William Moris

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema

Naos

Amphi-Prostyle

Cella

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Forum

East

South

West

Cancelli

Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

97/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Nea Moni

Centralized

Liceo de Manila

Worms Cathedral

Bouleuterion

Prytaneion

Circus Maximus

Forum Romanum

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus

Xerxes

Domus

Thalamus

Insulae

Villa

Atrium House

Balneum

Menhir

Royal pyramids

Megaron

98/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Order

Crepidoma

Naos

Thermae

Velarium

Insula

Baldachino

Narthex

Gymnaceum

Voussoirs

Cenotaph

West door

Rayonnant

Plough

Camber

Rustication

Sir Joseph Paxton

Antonio Gaudi

James Hoban

Carlos Baretto

Masjid

Muenzzin

Islamic

Kibla

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac

99/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

sober & dignified

sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal

Fortress

fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

Steve church

domestic

100/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings

tracery

presbytery

West minister abbey

pantry

cimborio

finial

retablo

kibla

Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

Rustication

Reliquary

Brunelleschi

101/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Piano Noble

Donato Bramante

Mullion

transom

wreath

scroll

nymphaneum

rocaile

cherubin

newel

strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight

reja

cella

Burma

viharas

shwe dagon pagoda

pitakat-taik

pailou

102/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan

Yamasaki and Roth

Charles Mackintosh

Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa

Buckminster Fuller

Robert Adam

Peter Behrens

Francisco Manosa

984 ft.

Buckminster Fuller

Le Corbusier

Mies van de Rohe

Richard Meier

103/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Oscar Niemeyer

Nervi, Pier Luigi

Lucio Costa

Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

104/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Torogan House

Ivatans Rakuh

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

Finial

le Corbusier

Telamon

Crepidoma

105/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk

Aokum

Gargoyle

Monument

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus


Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Queen Anne style

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

106/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio

10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Medieval Organic City

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

107/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea

Decorated Style

Chromlech

Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Rayonant

Flamboyant

Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

108/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid

Batter

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

109/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

110/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Entasis

Flutes

Caryatids

Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

111/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex

baptisteries

Font

Dome

Bema

Arcade

Ambo

Mosaic

Baldachino

Aisle

Nave

Apse

Kiosk

Mosque

112/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer

Atrium

Squinch

Harem

Cenotaph

Ogee

Keystone

Iconostasis

Verandah

Piazza

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

113/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fleche

Niche

Boss

Pilaster Strip

Chatris

Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio

Larder

Spire

Steeple

Wardrobe

Camber

Coisters

Pantry

Stellar Vault

Monastery

Oriel Window

Refectory

114/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Scroll

Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion

Chancel

Quoins

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

115/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

116/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Transom

Tabernacle

Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

117/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

bauhaus

Fenestration

Architectonic

Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

118/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pai Lou

Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere

Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

Irrimoya Gable

Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

119/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Art Deco

Gazebo

Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin

Quoins / Squinch

Serdab

Glypthoteca

Pinacotheca

Themenos

Lacunaria

Peroma

Dromos

Thalamus

The Great Temple of Arnak

God Horus

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

120/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum

Circus Maximus

Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

121/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

122/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

Modern International

India / pakistan
123/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

124/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures

125/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia)


Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru,


Mexico)

126/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Greek Buildings

Roman Buildings

127/521
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

128/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Gothic Buildings

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

129/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

American Structures

130/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

131/521
French Architecture
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

French Architecture

132/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

133/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

English architecture

134/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

135/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

136/521

Asian & Spain Architecture


PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Asian & Spain Architecture

137/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)

Intramuros

Late Spanish Period

American Period

Post War Architecture

Futurism

Functionalism

Utilitarianism

Constructivism

Neo-expressionism

The Great Mosque of Djenn in Mali,

Elisha Graves Otis

Ecclectism

The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid

Cheops

138/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses 1

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

St. Sophia, Constantinople

Sober and dignified

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix (Antefixae)

Acroterion / Acroterium

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Marble

Pisa

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

139/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Ziggurat

Doric

Pyramid

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Cambodian

Van Alen

Embrasures

Agra

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Heb-sed

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Groin Vault

Visayan

Greek

Canephora

Bartizan

Basilica

Greek

Helm Roof

140/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

Pinnacle

William Cosculluela

Baroque for of Ornamentation

Richard Josef Neutra

Sarcophagus

Imhotep

Bouleuterion

U.S. / English Renaissance

Tussel House

Astylar

Jugendstijl

Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe

Liceo de Manila

Crenel

Balance

Eclecticism

Eero Saarinen

Kaufman House

Juan Nakpil

Kenzo Tange

Felipe Mendoza

Palace of Persepolis

Saracenic Architecture

Echinus

S-tiles

141/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Agora

Entasis

Baroque

Pagoda

Roman

Crepidoma

Amphi-Prostyle

Cenotaphs

Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos

Aljibe

Impluvium

Naos

Crypt

Bema

Console

Villa

Atrium House

Romanesque

Romanesque

Alvar Aalto

Tomas Mapua

Forum

Welton Becket

Chartres Cathedral

176

Greek

Ziggurat

Acanthus

Arch

142/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Triforium

Clerestory

Module

Tympanum

Arcade

Architrave

Entablature

Cornice, Frieze, Architrave

Octagonal

13

Tokonama

Square

Hagia Sophia

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Ambulatory

Cantharus

Exedra

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Niche

Minaret

Lacunaria

Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket

143/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Abacus

Capital

Plinth

Chancel

Frigidarium

Barasoain Church

Seraglio

Ziggurat

Mnesicles

Harem

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus

Mortuary and Cult Temples

Mortuary Temple

Ziggurat

Pyramid

Cult Temple

Persian

Atlantes

Exedra

Peripteral

Stylobate

Stereobate

Gymnasium

Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos

Pinacotheca

Prostyle

Intercolumniation

144/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Odeion

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

stadium

In Antis

Amphi-Antis

Gymnasium

Doric

Epidauros

Tuscan and Composite

Use of Concrete

Pantheon

Forum Romanum

Xerxes

Artaxerxes

Callicrates and Ictinus

Phidias

Lacus

Salientes

Circus Maximus

Vespasian / Domitian

Mnesicles

Clepsydra

145/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Treasury of Atreus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

18

4-horse Chariot

Cyma Reversa

Key Pattern

Sculptured Reliefs

House #33

Bird's Beak

Peribolus

Domus

Podium

Bepidales

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Basilica

Choragic Monument

Fret

Termini

Opus Tesselatum

Callimachus

Thalamus

Timber-enframed Portal

Etruscans

146/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Insula

Nymphaeum

Renaissance

Louis Sullivan

Iigo Jones

Hypostyle Hall

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Buckminster Fuller

Rock-Hewn Tombs

George Ramos

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Frigidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Forum

East

South

West

Cancelli

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Statues

Centralized

Anthemius and Isidorus

St. Sophia, Constantinople

147/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades

Worms Cathedral

Cathedral

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Bernini

Dispensa

Falig

Minoru Yamasaki

Greek

Balteus

Roman

Agrippa

Prytaneion

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Hypotrachelion

Doric

Ionic

Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens

Tower of the Winds, Athens

Acanthus and Dolphin

Greek

148/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Papyrus

Cult Temple

Balneum

Cella

Triglyph

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Telamones or Atlantes

Herms

Terms

Madrassah

Moscow

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Eclecticism

Neo-Classism

Parti

Felipe Mendoza

George Ramos

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Morong Church

Panay Capiz

149/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Azotea

Dapogan

Louis Sullivan

Antonio Gaudi

Walter Gropius

Louis Khan

Le corbusier

Robert Mailart

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Adolf Loos

Frank Loyd Wright

EERo Saarinen

Kenzo tange

Marcus Vitruvius

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Robert Venturi

Lao Tse

SOM

Willian Van Allen

Buckminster Fuller

Jorn Utzon

Frank Loyd Wright

Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

150/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Walter Gropius

Erich Mendelson

Le corbusuier

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Bobby Manosa

CC. de cstro

Manuel manosa

IM pei

Eero Saarinen

Philip Jhonson

Antonio Gaudi

Joseph Paxton

Philip Jhonson

Maurice de Sully

Antonio Gaudi

Bruce Graham & SOM

Cass Gilbert

Frank Loyd Wright

Barma & Posnik

Le corbusuier

Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

151/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

152/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

153/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos

Alvar Aalto

Auguste Perret

Antonio Gaudi

Benjamin Latrobe

Charles Rennie Macintiosh

Cesar Pelli

154/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Daniel Burnham

Daniel Libeskind

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

Felix Candela

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

Frei Otto

Fumihiko Maki

Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei

Jorn Utzon

Joseph Paxton

Kenzo tange

Louis Sullivan

Louis Khan

Le corbusuier

Oscar Niemeyer

Mies van de Rohe

Michael graves

Moshe Safdie

Norman Foster

Philip Jhonson

Paul Rudolph

Philip Webb

Peter Eissenman

Pier Luigi Nervi

Renzo Piano

Richard Meier

155/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Reem Koolhaas

Robert Mailaart

Santiago Calatrava

Tadao Ando

Willian Van Allen

Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron

Richard Rogers

Jean Nouvel

Eero Saarinen

DP Archts & Micheal Wilford

W.S. Atkins & partners

Lord Norman Robert Foster

SOM

Minoru Yamasaki

C.Y. lee & partners

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

SOM

Cesar Pelli

IM pei

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

Bruce Graham

CESAR ANTONIO PELLI

IM pei

Shreve , Lamb & Harmon

IM pei

156/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jacques Germain Souflot

Sir Christopher Wren

John Wood

Robert de Cotte

Bruce Graham / SOM

Puente Colgante

Masonic Temple, Escolta

Crystal Arcade, Escolta

San Sebastian Church

Philippine Normal School

Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)

PSB Building (Picache Building)

Manila Hotel

Tomas Mapua

Carlos Barretto

Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)

Juan Arelleno

Roque Ruano

Pablo Antonio

Daniel Doane

Daniel Burnham

S. Rowland

Harold Keys

William Birt

1925

1930

1941

Rufino Tower

Chaco Building (Philtrust)

157/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Crystal Arcade (demolish)

Department of Health

Evangelista House

SM Megamall

VIP Building

Department of Finance

Department of Tourism

Leyte Capitol

Lyric Theatre (demolish)

Manila City Hall

Manila Hilton

Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)

Iglesia ni Cristo

Nuestra Seora de Guia

Our Lady of Lourdes Church


Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help)
Insular Life Building

Union Church

UP Melchor Hall

UP Palama Hall

World Trade Exchange

Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)

SM Makati

Ateneo de Manila University

Ateneo de Manila University

FEU Hospital

Mormon Temple

Ambassador Hotel

Manila Cathedral

158/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philippine Women's University

Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)

Corregidor Island Landscaping

EDSA Shrine

Metrorail Stations (LRT)

Moonwalk Church

UE Chapel (Recto)

Metropolitan Museum

Glorietta

Greenbelt-3

Heritage Hotel

Manila Peninsula

Oakwood Towers

Prudential Bank Building

Bonifacio Monument

Manila Golden Mosque

Philippine Heart Center

Batasan Pambansa

Don Bosco Chapel

Meralco Building

Philippine Airlines Building

Sta. Catalina College

Sto. Domingo Church

Union Church (demolish)

Virra Mall

Court of Appeals

Metropolitan Theatre

National Museum / Legilative Building

Post Office Building

159/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sariaya Municipal Hall

SMS Building

Supreme Court

Tayabas Capitol

UP Villamor Hall

Capitan Pepe Building

Elena Apartments

Ever Theatre

Manila Jockey Club

Philippine Trust Building

Quezon City Hall

Quezon Institute

Quiapo Church

Rizal Theatre (demolish)

Rufino Building

San Carlos Seminary

San Lazaro ..

State Theatre

UP Administration Bldg

UP Library

Ayala Triangle Tower-1

CCP Theatre

Citibank Building

Cultural Center of the Philippines

Folk Art's Theatre

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Makati Stock Exhchange

Malacaang Palace

Mandarin Oriental Manila

160/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila International Airport

Philippine Stock Exchange

UP Chapel

Valle Verde Country Club

Makati Medical Center

San Miguel Corporation Center

La Fayette 1 & 2

Mehan Garden

National Bureau of Investigation

San Juan Municipal Hall

Bel-Air Apartment

Conception Theatre (demolish)

FEU Main Building

Forum Theatre

Galaxy Theatre

Ideal Theatre (demolish)

Manila Bulletin Building

Manila Polo Club

Forbes Tower

Rockwell Center

SM Centerpoint

SM Fairview

SM Southmall

Rizal Monument

College of St. Benilde

CEU Main Building

De La Salle University

Mapua Residence

PGH Nurse's Home

161/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun


Breaker)
JAKA Tower

Robinson Tower /Building

Robinson's Galleria

Robinson's PCI Tower

Robinson's Place

SM Cebu

SM City EDSA

Tutuban Mall

Twin Towers

The World Center

World Trade Center

Army Navy Club

Manila Hotel

Normal School

PGH (Philippine General Hospital)

UP Manila

YMCA Arroceros

(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building

LKG Tower

Manila Peninsula

Prudential Bank Ayala

RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)

Ritz Towers

Pacific Plaza

Rufino Tower

Rufino Building

Shangrila Hotel Ayala

Ateneo Professional Schools Building

162/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Atrium

Greenbelt

Greenbelt 2

Greenbelt Chapel

Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)

Philamlife Tower

BA Lepanto

China Bank Building

Asian Institute of Management

Citibank Tower

Doa Narcisa De Leon Building

New World Hotel (Renaissance)

Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)

King's Court II

Makati Sports Club

PLDT Dela Rosa

Shangrila Grand Tower

RCBC Buendia

Metrobank Buendia

Pacific Star

The Columns Buendia

Development Bank of the Philippines

Le Metropole

St. Andrews Church

Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)

Coco Bank Makati

Don Bosco Chapel

Manila Polo Club

Colegio de San Agustin

163/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Galleria De Magallanes

Magallanes Church

1322 Roxas

Admiral Apartments

Cultural Center of the Philippines

CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-
Air Apartments
Department of Finance

Department of Foreign Affairs ADB

Metropolitan Museum

Coconut Palace

PICC

Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)


Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the
Philippines
Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang
Francisco Balagtas
GSIS Building CCP

National Arts Center

PHILCITE

Manila Hilton

Fort San Antonio De Abad

Nuestra Seora de Guia

Magsaysay Center

Central Bank of the Philippines

Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)

Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)

Manila Hotel

Monterey Apartment

164/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila Midtown Hotel


Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)

Philippine Airlines Bldg

Galaxy Theater

Ideal Theater

Picache Building

Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)

Quiapo Church

PNB Escolta

Avenue Theater

Casino Espaol

Instituto Cervantes

Ambassador Hotel

Arguelles Building

Paterno Building Sta. Cruz

Army Navy Club

Assumption Convent

Capitol Theater

Ever Theater

Galaxy Theater

Lyric Theater

Ideal Theater

GSIS Building

Perez- Samanillo Building

Petrona Apartments

Captain Luis Gonzaga Building

Captain Pepe Building

Cebe Plaza Building

165/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Metropolitan Museum

Metropolitan Theater

Mehan Garden

Museo ng Maynila

Manila City Hall

National Library

Post Office Building

Planetarium
National Museum (Old Legislative
Building)
Crystal Arcade

Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine
Normal University
De La Salle University

Nurses Home (PGH)

PGH

National Burieau of Investigation

Manila Astral Tower


Department of Tourism (agriculture and
commerce)
Manila Doctors Hospital

Philam Life UN Ave.

Ramon Roces Publications Building

FEU Building

FEU Hospital

PLDT Espaa

Gota De Leche

Far East Bank Intramuros

Manila Cathedral

Manila Highschool

Palacio del Gobernador

166/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

National Press Club

San Agustin Church

Phoenix Building

Philippine Columbian Clubhouse

Manila Railroad Station Tutuban

Ali Mall

Araneta Coliseum

Ateneo De Manila University

Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering
and Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)

Quezon Hall (UP Admin)

Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

Bonifacio Monument

Central Bank of the Philippines

Philippine Heart Center


Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod
ng Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC

Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth

Quezon City Sports Club

Quezon Institute

Quezon Memorial

Alexandra Condominium

Asian Development Bank

One Corporate Center

Tiendesita's

Robinson's Galleria

Benguet Center

Renaissance 1000

167/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Renaissance 2000
Development Academy of the
Philippnes
One San Miguel

San Miguel Building

Discovery Suites

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Tektite Towers

JMT Tower

SM Megamall

EDSA Plaza Hotel

EDSA Shrine

GT Tower

Wack-Wack Twin Towers

Medical City Hospital

Meralco Building

Loyola Memorial Chapel

Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)

Mormon Temple

Club Filipino

One Beverly Place


White Cross Orphanage also White
Cross Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2

Essensa Tower

Serendra

Alabang Golf and Country Club

Alabang 400

Insular Life Alabang

Las Pias Church Restoration

Mary Immculate Parish Church

168/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Assumption College Antipolo

Corregidor Island
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious
Light)
Maya-Maya Resort

Pearl Farm

Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol

Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias

Mnesicles

Polykleitos

Acrippa

Apollodorus of Damascus

Vespacian and Domitian

James Hoban

Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch

John Russel Pope

Robert Mills

Thomas Jefferson

Charles Bulfinch

James Renwick

Richard Upjohn

Thomas Jefferson

Pierre L'enfant

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

169/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Joseph Strauss

Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne

Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano

Maurice de Sully

Charles Garnier

Claude Mollet

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel

Le Corbusier

Le Corbusier
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von
Hasenaver

Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf

Balthazar Neumann

Erich Mendelsohn

170/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones

William Chambers

Sir Christopher Wren

Lord Burlington

Sir Charles Barry

Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Emperor Shah Jahan

Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios

Juan Macias

171/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

HOK

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

Arquitectonica

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Cesar Pelli & Associates

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Shreve Lamb & Harmon


Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and
Associates

I.M. Pei & Partners

NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee

Edward D. Stone &

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

K.Y. Cheung Design

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

Tom Wright of WS Atkins

Plan Architect Co.

William Van Allen

Johnson/Burgee Architects

172/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Hijjas Kasturi Associates

Peter Ellis, SOM

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

173/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

174/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

175/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

Gabriel Formoso (GF)


176/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera

Fr. Roque Roano

Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design


Awardee for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

177/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Alfredo Luz

William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa

Fernando Ocampo
(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ,
SIMBULAN & PATNERS

178/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

LOCSIN & PARTNERS

RECIO + CASAS

GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS

SOM

Palafox

Recto

PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS

ROMAN Dalinao

Joseph Ruiz

Fr. Diego cera

Salazar

Comporedando & Gonzales

dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa

Macias

Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

PRC Awardee 1996

179/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

180/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

181/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

182/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying


Bearing wall system
space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
2 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Rigid component
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Flexible component
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
4 Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
200 mm
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
5
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
2 years
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars


6 db
(NSCP 407.30)
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars
8 db
(NSCP 407.30)
8 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
25mm
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
9 In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? 1.50 db
(NSCP 407.7.3)
10
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary
flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times 450 mm
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as


one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 4
407.7.6.1)
12 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:
36 mm
(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
13 Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least 40 db
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
14 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
75 mm
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
15 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
20 mm
(NSCP 407.8.1)
16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
0.90'
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
17 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
0.85'
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
18 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
L / 20
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
L / 24
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
20 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
L / 28
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
21
The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
22 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear
0.40'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
23 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
0.75'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
24 Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
d/2
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

183/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

25 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less


300 mm
than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
26 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
Braced Frame
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
27 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
Diaphragm
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
28 Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
Moment resisting frame
flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
29
________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and 25%
warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
30 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
50%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
31 Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
10 days
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
32 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
50%
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
33 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
0.60m
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
34 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
6.00 m
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
35 In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not
embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
200 mm
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)
36
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column
not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate 15 mpa
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
37 When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on
soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover 150 mm
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
38 Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon
wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, 50 kpa
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
39 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the 12 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
40 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the 16 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
41 Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal 10%
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
42 Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
1.50m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
43 Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
3,0 m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
44 The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
30 times
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
45 Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
17.50 mpa
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

184/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

46 Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength


20 mpa
Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
47 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
75 mm
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
35 mpa
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
49 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
250 mm
(NSCP 307.6.3)
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
51 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to Miscellaneous
what type of occupancy? occupancy
52 Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students
Special occupancy
fall to what type of occupancy?
53 Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
Hazardous facility
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 360
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
55 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 240
dead load and live load only.
56 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
2 times
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
57 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
1. 5 times
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
58
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
25%
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
59 The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically
powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
20%
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)
60 The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge
cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the 10%
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
61 This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally P-delta effect
displaced building frame.
62 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
Weak Storey
storey above is considered as __________.
63 Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified Essential Facilities
as ___________.
64 A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing Diaphragm
system.
65 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral
Braced Frame
forces of a building.
66
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and Plasticizer
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration
67 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved
2 years
after the completion of the project for at least _________.

185/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

68
What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg
69 A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with
aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air Shotcrete
pressure of lining tunnels.
70 If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its Limit state
__________.
71 A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses Metal Fatigue
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
72 The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
Buckling load
assumes a deflected position.
73 It is a point within the structure at which a member
(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment Hinge
in the member at that point.
74 It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
Semi-continuous beam
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
75 15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in 1000 pa
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
76 The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
Uplift pressure
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
77 The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
Eyebar
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
78 A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding Riprap
effects of the flowing water.
79 A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded
plateshose thicknesses are small compared to Thin shell
their other dimensions.
80 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Overturning moment
other horizontal forces on a building.
81 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Sway brace
other horizontal forces on a building.
82 This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, Grillage foundation
one on top of other, at right angles.
83 Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common Soil Stabilization
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
84 A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer Sump pit
pipe.
85 It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
Gerber beam
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
86 An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
Seismometer
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
87 The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake Liquefaction
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
88 It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
Lintel beam
window to carry the wall over opening.

186/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

89 For any given granular material, the steepest angle with


horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that Angle of repose
will not slide.
90 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
80%
open. (NSCP 207)
91 Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
18 m
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
92 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
1.15
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
93 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
1,15
to?
94 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
1
structures is equal to?
95 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
0.87
equal to?
96 Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
falls on what exposure category for wind Exposure A
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
97 Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
Exposure C
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
98 Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for Exposure D
wind loading?
99 Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family Exposure B
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
100
Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250
101
Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200
102
Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125
103 In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual
strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc by more than 3.50 mpa
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
104 Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
_______times the least width b of compression flange or face. 50 times
(NSCP 410.5.10)
105 For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
0.30
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
106 For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________? 200
(NSCP 502.8.1)
107 For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
300
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
108 For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
0.45 fy
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
109 Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
0.60 fy
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
110 For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than 2/3.
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

187/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

111 For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to


provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
0.80mm
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
112 The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section 600 mm.
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
113 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
140 mm
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
114 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
200 mm
exceed ________.
115 For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to .66 fy
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
116 For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable .60 fy
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
117 Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be
300 mm
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
118
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the
transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without 75%
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

119 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral


25 mm
concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
120 The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
6 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
121 The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
8 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
122 Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag
bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn 26.70 kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
123 The connections at ends of tension or compression members in
trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
50%
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
124 When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting 900 mm
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
125 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
8mm
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
126 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
3mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
127 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
6mm
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

188/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

128
A property of a material that enables it to undergo
plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
desirable property of structural material since plastic ductility
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
129
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The one way slab
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.

130 It is an external shear force at a cross section of a


beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
transverse shear
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.
131 The structural term which critical point at which a
column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
bifurcation
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
132 In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
20mm
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
133 An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
a test specimen caused by tension, compression, stain gauge
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
134 For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum
24 ksi
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
135
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping haunch
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.
136
Program Evaluation
Review Technique-
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?
Critical
Path Method
137
They maybe categorized as building or non building.
It is an assembleage designed to support gravity structure
loads and resist lateral forces.
138 It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to
conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the rainwater leader
ground. It is another term for down spout,
139
The area where water is pumped from within to
permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
coffer dam
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.

140 A membrane structure that is placed in tension and


net structure
stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

189/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

141
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a
wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, castellated beam
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.

142 A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed


between compression members to directly support suspension structure
applied loads.
143 One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of
stiffener
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
144 Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
connection between two broader, parallel parts, as web
the flanges of the structural shape.
145 A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
tension control bolt
when required torque has been reached.
146 The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
motion of an elastic body or medium when forced Vibration
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind
147
and support wall cladding Girt
materials.
148
A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts
149
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide
double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and
the wind load acting on the Mullion
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very
large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.

150 Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface,


typically a region bounded by a Area
closed curve.
151
The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic
deformation, causing it to deform Yield strength
permanently.
152 In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a
structural element subjected to an Bending
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.
153 Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
event. They are frequently used Monument
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
154
A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant
throughout the structure's Dead Load
life.
155 Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform
Shear and bending
structural design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a
moment diagram
given point of an element.
156 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
75mm
407.8.1)
157 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is
Braced frame
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

190/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

158
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear

159 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
poured footings, the concrete shall 15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"
161 In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a
structural member subjected to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is
less than the ultimate Buckling
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure
is also described as failure due
to elastic instability.
162 What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other
Shear
so as to remain parallel?
163
periodic reversal of stresses fatigue
164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain
165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection
166
A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded
167 concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according
long column
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered
169
state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium
170
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is
neutral axis
no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength
172
bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment
173
the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque
174 unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in
yield point
the load
175 tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
vertical shear
an adjacent part
176 in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
working stress
under working loads by codes and specifications
177
It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment
178
state of rest or motion inertia
179 ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding
stiffness
displacement
180
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast
lift slab
usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.

181 concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP
1 Bearing wall system
208.20)

191/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal
2 Rigid component
to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60
3 Flexible Component
sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of
4 200 mm
not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection
during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and
5 2 years
shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP
403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db

7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between


8 1.50 db
longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement
9 shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? 450 mm
(NSCP 407.7.5)

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united
10 4 pcs
to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
12 40 db
terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
13 75 mm
407.8.1)
14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for flexure without axial
15 0.9
loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for shear and torsion:
16 0.85
(NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is:
17 L / 20
(NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP
18 L / 24
409.6.2)

The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
19 L / 28
409.6.2)

20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
21 0.4
(NSCP 410.8.10)

192/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
22 0.75
(NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed
23 d/2
member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP
24 300 mm
412.3.1)

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is


25 Braced Frame
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the


26 Diaphragm
vertical resisting elements:

Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by Moment Resisting
27
flexure: Frame

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live
28 25%
load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall
30 notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before 10 days
such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope
31 50%
(NSCP 302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP
32 .60 m
302.4.3)
33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
34 footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than 200 mm
_____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
35 poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. 15 mpa
(NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
36 completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the 150 mm
bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel
37 plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not 50 kpa
exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
38 12 mm
to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
39 16 mm
to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall
be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or
40 10%
compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column
vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at
41 1.50 m.
_____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

193/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
42 3.0 m
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the
43 30 times
average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less
44 17.50 mpa
than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
45 20 mpa
_____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
46 75 mm
center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of
47 35 mpa
not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)

48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm

49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities

50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students
51 Special Occupancy
fall to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
52 Hazardous Facility
substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP
53 L / 360
107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
54 L / 240
only. (NSCP 104.2.2)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral
55 2 times
force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the
56 1.5 times
overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered
57 monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased 25%
by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be
58 calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of 20%
the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand
59 geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. 10%
(NSCP 206.9.5

60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than
61 18 m
or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)

62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15

63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15

64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1

65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87

194/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
66 Exposure A
falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what
67 Exposure C
exposure category for wind loading?

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at
68 Exposure D
least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely
69 spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what Exposure B
exposure category for wind loading?

70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph

71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200 kph

72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125 kph

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of


73 3.50 mpa
2 cylinders) falls below fc by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width
74 50 times
b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to


75 take the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the 0.3
direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r
76 200
preferably should not exceed ________?

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r
77 300
preferably should not exceed _________.

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin
78 .45 fy
connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed
79 0.60 fy
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis
80 of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. 2/3
(NSCP 504.4.2.1)

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative
movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole
81 0.80mm
shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP
504.4.2.3)

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two
82 rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 600 mm
505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________.
83 140 mm
(NSCP 505.5.80)

84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm

195/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections
85 where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is .66 fy
_________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section
86 requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP .60 fy
506.4.1.1)

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than
87 300 mm
______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite
section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for
88 75%
construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering.


89 25 mm
(NSCP 509.5.8)

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis
90 6 dia. Of connector
of supporting composite beam is ____________.

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis
91 8 dia. Of connector
of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall
92 26.7
be designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop


the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength
93 50
of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that
considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
94 connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed 900
_______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
95 8 mm
________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP
96 3 mm
510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is
97 6 mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members


98 P- Delta Effect
induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.

A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is
99 Weak Storey
considered as __________.

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency
100 Essential facilities
post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.

196/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
101 Diaphragm
resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What
type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the
103 Plasticizer
requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate
and needs very little vibration

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of
104 2 years
the project for at least

105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 kg.

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than
106 Shotcrete
10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended
107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________. Limit State

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a
ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great
108 Metal Fatigue
number of times.

??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance d apart), of the same
109 magnitude but ??? Couple

The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a


110 deflected position. Buckling Load
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to
eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.
111 Hinge

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting
112 beyond a fixed support. Semi-Continous Beam

Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to
113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly 1000 pa
distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road
114 slab caused by the presence of water. Uplift Pressure

The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged
loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide
115 Eyebar
approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect


116 the banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. Riparap

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded


117 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions. Thin Shell

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces
118 on a building. Overturning Moment

197/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces
119 Sway Brace
on a building
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform
consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right
120 Grillage Foundation
angles.

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and
ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or
121 Soil Stabilization
compaction

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a
122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. Sump Pit

An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a
123 Seismometer
stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when
subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this
124 Liquefaction
layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall
125 over opening. Lintel Beam

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil
126 Angle of Repose
surface will make in normal condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans,
127 functions essentially as a cantilever beam. Gerber Beam

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis,
128 Structural member
having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the
129 Bay
principal vertical supports of a structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism
130 One way
that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural
131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which Structural failure
it was designed.

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a
132 Bearing
bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist
135 Anchorage
uplifting and horizontal forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to
136 Pin
permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction
137 Roller Support
perpendicular into or away from its face.

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall

139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall
A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed
140 Coping
water.
141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall

198/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall

143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from


144 Cantilever wall
and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or
145 Gabion
retaining structure.

146 Yard lumber 5 or more in the least dimension. Timbers


Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension
147 Yard Lumber
lumber, and timber.
148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller


150 members with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the Built up Beam
strengths of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.

A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into
151 Fiber board
rigid sheets.

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to
152 Scissors Truss
an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.

153 Yard lumber less than 2 thick and 2 or more wide. Boards

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of
155 Truss
linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory
156 Seismic Joint
movement in each can occur independently of the other.

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied


157 Stability
load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the
158 Cable Support
cable.

159 Yard lumber from 2 4 thick and 2 or more wide. Dimension Lumber

The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a


160 Punching Shear
reinforce slab.

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal


162 Stirrup
reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web

199/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other
164 Neutral axis
member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under
165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing Deflection
in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.

166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span

167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a


168 Lateral Buckling
slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments


169 Moment Diagram
present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have
170 Simple Beam
no moment resistance.

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa
171 as it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a Inflection Point
point of zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate
172 Camber
for an anticipated deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across
174 Beam
space supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a
175 Pillar
building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the
176 surface of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit Foundation
its load directly to the earth.

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered


177 Pile
vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline
178 Footing
and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.

A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping


179 Stepped Footing
site or bearing stratum.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present


180 Shear Diagram
in a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions

A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an


181 Mat
entire building.

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal
182 Soil Pressure
to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a
183 Consolidation
sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.

200/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load
184 Tie Beam
pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building
185 Deep Foundation
loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and
186 Stilt
water.

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load


A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural
189 Concentrated Load
element.
A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the
190 Pile Cap
load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating
192 Static Load
rapidly in magnitude or position.

A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the
193 Foundation Wall
superstructure.

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and
195 Torsion
opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to


196 Ultimate Strength
bear without rupturing or fracturing.

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d

198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm


16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least
202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column? dim. Of a column

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm

205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm

207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints


The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a
208 Yield Point
concurrent increase in stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture
209 Expansion Joint
expansion to occur without damage to either part.
201/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when
210 Fracture
stressed beyond its ultimate strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size
211 Compression
or volume of an elastic body.
212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6d

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain
Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls,
214 Isolation Joints
and machinery bases.
The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of
215 Tensile Strength
longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the
216 Compressive Stress
collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when
217 Weatherability
exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to


218 Construction Joint
provide lateral stability across the joint.
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain
An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in
220 Shearing Force
response to a shear force.
221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons

A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical
222 Composite Column
and spiral reinforcement.

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a


223 Top Bar
concrete beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid
224 Effective Depth
of the tension reinforcement.

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield Under reinforced
225
strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain. Section

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved


226 14
recording accelerographs

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits Occupant of the
228
and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading Building

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of


229 Load Duration
intermittent application of the same load

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
230 14 sq.m.
reduced

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
231 1.50m
are subjected
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied.
232 1/240 wall span
Perpendicular to said wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
233 1/120 wall span
perpendicular to said wall

202/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
235 Base
structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a


236 Collector
structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
237 Diaphragm
resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear

239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is
240 Brace Frame
provided to resist lateral forces
241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear
242 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frame
The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
point away from the column girder joint

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints


The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam
245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers
246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
247 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
system
Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile Ord. Moment Resisting
250
behavior Space Frame
251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the
252 Strength
deformation limits prescribed in this document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform
Horizontal Bracing
254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist
255 Structure
lateral forces
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing wall system
or braced frames

203/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
257 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment resisting
258 gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame system
primarily by flexural action of members.

259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure


is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic
260 Time History analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
261 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
262 p-Delta effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of


263 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264 Concrete that doesnt not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least


265 Pedestal
lateral dimension of less than three (3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses


below proportional limit of material
266 Modulus of Elasticity
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension


267 Jacking Force
into prestressing tendons

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
269 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of


270 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction

Structural Lightweight
272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate
concrete
273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon

274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1

204/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
276 40 mm
primary reinforcement
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse
277 Poisson Ratio
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab


The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
281 Shear
part
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material


283 Yielding Stress
sustain without failure
It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress
284 -Intensity of force per unit area Stress

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent


285 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie

287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection

290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches

The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
291 Equillibrium
points are zero

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and 2 years
after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___

293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"

294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and
295 Portable Hand Router
curving on solid wood
296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots
Smooth & Planed
297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___
Lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
298 Live Load
present at all
299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw

300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length

205/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements


301 Contraction Joint
between them
302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress

304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
305 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress

307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
310 2.5 times
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in


311 12 mm
accordance with NSCP specifications

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
313 11 dia.
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP


314 1/6 depth of member
specifications shall not exceed

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span

316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth
.60 of specified yield
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
strength
.50 of specified min.
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
tensile strength
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
320 0.40 fy
resisting shear
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
321 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
324 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
325 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather

206/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C


326 7 days
and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
327 7 dyas
days before test and shall be tested dry.

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist
328 3 days
condition for at least the ___days after placement

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
329 25mm
but not less than ___
180 deg. Bend +4db extension
330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar

331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller 90 deg. Bend + 6db
extension at free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar at free end

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
335 40db
terminate at different points with a stagger of at least

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
336 3db
less than ___ for strands
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less
337 4db
than ___ for wire

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against


338 75 mm
permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing


339 Grade Beam
a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
340 Abrasion
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards
341 Batten
in the same plane
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base
342 coat Blistering
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
343 Block out
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength
344 but low tensile strength. Cast iron

in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to
345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system Kerf

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side


346 Pantile
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
347 Marble

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot
348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram Extrusion

a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium


349 Static Equilibrium

207/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

is the action of one body upon another


350 Force
is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the
351 same effect as the force system Resultant

states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the
Priniples of
352 point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action
Transmissibility
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of
353 related bodies Force System
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being
354 considered Free body diagram
is acting parallel to member axis
355 Load
in uniform for homogenous sections
356 Stress
tends to elongate the body
357 Stress due to tension
tends to shorten the body Stress due to
358
compression
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by
frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the
359 boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are Truss
usually triangles.

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to
360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor. Beam & Girders

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved
361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium Detrminate structure

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top
plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of
362 Western Framing
each step
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the
363 presence of water in the soil. Hydrostatic Pressure

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364 Anchor Bolt
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which
365 carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam Ledger Strip

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in
366 frame construction Batt insulation

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting
367 the second floor joists Balloon Framing

the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger
368 beam Beam Blocking
allowable sag (NSCP)
369 100 mm
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
370 structure below grade Foundation Wall

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls


371 Control Joints
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
372 Forging

208/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and
373 ductility Wrought Iron
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374 Purlin
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375 Rafter
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376 Lintel
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377 Joist

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer


large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
379 Girder
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
380 Spandrel
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure Shaft

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes


382 Adobe
is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of
383 cement and water. Concrete
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the
384 tensile strength lacking in concrete Reinforced Concrete

height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short
385
compression blocks
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
386 long or slender column
failure is initiated by material failure
387 Short column
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
388 Bearing wall system
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for
389 gravity loads Building Frame System

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390 Bridging
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or
391 concrete Checking

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured


392 Post tensioning
a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
393 Slump Test
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
394 Creep
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to
395 resist bending Chord
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired
396 property alloy
the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock
397 cylinder Backset
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by
398 riveting, soldering and brizing. Lap seam
the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
399 part Shear
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
400 Deformation

209/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material
401 can sustain without failure Working Stress
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting
402 over public property Marquee
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
403 Addition
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses
produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed Allowable Stress
404
specified allowable stress (also called working stress design) Design
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
405 Alteration
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406 Building
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building
407 permit has been issued Existing Building
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors
such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all LFRD (Load &
408 appropriate load combinations Resistance Factor
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures Design)

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces


produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the
Ultimate Strength
409 factored element strength
Design
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures

is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of
410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner Structure

is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural


engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional
411 Structural Engineer
regulation commission

is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to
Prefab / precast
412 incorporating in the building
assembly

in-place solid rock


413 Bedrock
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
414 Bench
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
415 Borrow
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
416 Compaction
is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof
417 Earth Material
is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water
418 or ice Erosion
is the mechanical removal of earth material
419 Excavation
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
420 Fill

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade

is the grade prior to grading


the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422 Existing grade
also called natural grade

210/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan


the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of
423 Finish Grade
construction or grading operations

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424 Rough Grade
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425 Grading
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of
426 vertical distance to horizontal distance Slope
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the
427 toes of a proposed fill slope Key

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock


428 Soil
is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and
429 maintenance purposes Terrace

is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor


space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems
430 Access floor system
or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum

is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons
for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment,
431 Assembly Building
amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building


432 Awning
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure
433 with no additional independent supports Exterior Balcony
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building
434 or other structure Dead Loads

is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining


435 structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports Deck

are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event
436 of extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes Essential facilities

is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or


437 combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept Garage

is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor
vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and
438 Private Garage
stored
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful
439 for its intended function or to be unsafe Limit state
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its
440 intended function Serviceaility Limit State
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441 Strength Limit State

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow
442 Live Load
load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load

211/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants
and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained
443 Loads
dimensional changes

is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated.
444 It may be of Bridge Cap
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden
445 Joist
joist.

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load
446 excluding Liveloads
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.

a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light
447 alloys have Girder
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal
to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the
448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending Bending moment
moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-
inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of
449 Aggregates
concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in


small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the
properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North
America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than
half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti- Admixture
freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers,
coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and
flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an
extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this
saving probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete.
Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel
it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators
451 Accelerator
that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates
and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set
for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to


452 formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it Retarder
can be removed by light brushing.

212/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring

piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the
454 Gusset Plate
members of a truss.

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail
by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging
455 Punching Shear
the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter
of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.

for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation
456 Modulus of Elasticity
per unit length).

the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly
457 Yield Point
increasing load

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the
458 elastic limit is also Elastic Limit
the limit of proportionality.

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water
459 Plastic Limit
content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the
460 sinking of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to Deflection
exceed 1/325 of the span.

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for
461 any other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a Shear
simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed
462 Stress
in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being
463 Strain
expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.

464 a core wall. Shear Wall

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well
rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by
which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the
465 slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the Slump Test
same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This
otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than
about 20 mm.

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any
466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of Beam
wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.

467 a post carrying compressive force. Column

213/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it
468 Fixed End Moment
cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature
shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable
469 Contraction Joint
places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction
joints are needed in every long structure.

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon

471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in
them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent
abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and
the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress
than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may
472 Pre-tensioning
produce better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing,
used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be
as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25
em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about
30% of the cross-section.

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast
and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a
473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more Pre cast Concrete
economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of
the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake


474 shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls Seismometer
dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.

the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the
475 Slag
metal.

476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in


478 Creep
metals as hightemperature creep.

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027
480 Resillience
kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly
481 Ductility
by pulling in cold drawing.

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity

214/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam,


483 calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances Modulus of rupture
from the neutral axis.

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie

485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile

a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or
486 other dams, or Footing
simple walls.

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut
for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding
492 strain in all Poisson Ratio
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.
Zoning, site characteristics
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the Occupancy,
493 configuringstructural system,
following factors.
and height

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved


494 14
recording accelerographs.

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits Occupant of the
496
and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading. building

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of


497 Load duration
intermittent application of the same load.

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
498 14 sqm.
reduced.

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
499 1.50 mts.
are subjected.

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
500 1/240 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal


501 1/120 of wall span
applied perpendicular to said wall.

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
503 Base
structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

215/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a


504 Collector
structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
505 Diaphragm
resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure. Base Shear, V

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is


508 Braced Frame
provided to resist lateral forces.

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear


510 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frames.

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at Eccentric Braced Frame
511
a point away from the column girder joint. (EBF)

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers
514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
515 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities

Lateral Force Resisting


517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.
System

Ordinary Moment
518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
Resisting

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the
520 Strength
deformation limits prescribed in this document.

The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural


521 Platform
system.

216/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Horizontal Bracing
522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.
System

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist


523 Structure
lateral forces.

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing Wall System
or braced frames.

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
525 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment Resisting
526 gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame System
primarily by flexural action of members.

527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure


is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic
528 Time History Analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
529 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
530 P-delta Effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of


531 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least


533 Pedestal
lateral dimension of less than three.

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses


534 Modulus of Elasticity
below proportional limit of material.

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension


535 Jacking Force
into prestressing tendons.

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
537 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads.

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of


538 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section.

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction

217/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Structural Lightweight
540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.
Concrete

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon

542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
545 40 mm
primary reinforcements.

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of


546 Poisson's Ratio
transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab

The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
550 Shear
part.

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material


552 Yielding Stress
sustain without failure.

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent


554 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.

555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup

557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio

218/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches

The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
561 Equilibrium
points are zero.

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the 2 years
project for a period of not less than. construction and after

563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run

A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
565 Portable Hand router
on solid wood.

566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots

Smoothed or planed
568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.
lumber

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
570 Live load
present at all.

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements


574 Contraction joint
between them.

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run

219/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin

Size of Dead Load


578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
579 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements.

Shear Stress / Shearing


580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.
Stress

Size of Dead Load


581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel
583 4 X diameter of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the
584 4 X diameter of bolt
lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
585 2.5
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in


586 12 mm
accordance with NSCP specifications.

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
588 11 diameters
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP


589 1/6 depth of member
specifications shall not exceed.

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth

0.60 of specified min.


592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.
yield stress

0.50 of specified
593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area. minimum tensile
strength

220/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
595 0.40 Fy
resisting shear.

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
596 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be.

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
599 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather.

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
600 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather.

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10C
601 7
and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
602 7
days before test and shall be tested dry.

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10C and in moist
603 3
condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
604 25 mm
but not less than ___.
180 bend + 4db
extension but not less
605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.
than 65mm at free end
of bar
90 bend + 6db
606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.
extension at free end

90 bend + 12db
607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
extension at free end

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm 12 mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. 50 mm

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
610 40db
teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
611 3db
less than ___ for strands.

221/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
612 4db
less than ___ for wire.

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against


613 75 mm
permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

626

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

635

636

637

638

639

222/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

640

641

642

643

644

645

646

647

648

649

650

651

652

653

654

655

656

657

223/521
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the
1
main beams
2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having
3
their convex side alternately up and down
4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
5
below grade
Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears
6
directly on the column footing
7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall
8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to
roof supporting second floor joints
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the
9
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key
10
or thumb-turn
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
12
bending
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but
16
low tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting
17
edges of heavy digging tools
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between
20 The wall of Intramuros
21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance
22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web
23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support
24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring
26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling
27
in offices
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang
29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back
31
the earth
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50
33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles
34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss
35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the
36
same plane
37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a
38 butt joint with nails or bolts

225/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of
41
water in the soil
Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is
42
located extends to the floor
43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
45
against it
Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was
46
stopped and continued later
Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the
47
concrete should crack
Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting,
48
soldering or brazing
49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish
50 Filipino term for horizontal stud
51 Filipino term for floor joist
52 Filipino term for rabbet
53 Filipino term for plastered course
54 Filipino term for bottom chord
55 Filipino term for purlin
56 Filipino term for eave
57 Filipino term for top chord
58 Filipino term for temper (metal work)
59 Filipino term for plumb line
60 Filipino term for projection
61 Filipino term for rafter
62 Filipino term for baseboard
63 Filipino term for alignment
64 Filipino term for bath tub
65 Filipino term for brace
66 Filipino term for cast iron
67 Filipino term for contractor
68 Filipino term for downspout
69 Filipino term for pattern
70 Filipino term for mortar
71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings
73 Dry walls are customarily finished
74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood


77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building
79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing
80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc.
81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica

226/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers
83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at
84
regular intervals
Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of
85
stretchers
A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled,
87
exterior wall plate
A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of
88
the building
89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings
90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very
91
good in sidings of dwelling units
92 The finished frame surrounding a door
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a
93
key
Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate
94
independently or together
95 A twisting force
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are
95
void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation
98 Refers to the term stone-cut
99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns
100 Chord splice connectors for trusses
101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together
102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall
103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
104
excavation lines
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to
105
support a part of load
106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected
107 laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids
of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
108 The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches
109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation
111 Wood flooring finishing material
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing
114 Wall partition wooden framing
115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing
116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet
117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks
119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam
120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position
121 Tool for testing and for framing work
121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step

227/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved
123 and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of
the projects for a period of not less than
124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure
125 Thickness of a wood plank
126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on
127
solid wood
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete
129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system
130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight
131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete
133
vertical load carrying space frame
134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor
135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall
136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix
139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the
140
liquid to the sewer pipe
141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole
142 An opening in the roof for admitting light
143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
144 A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
145
for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall
146 Distance between two structural supports
147 Scientific name for wood
148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors
149 Roof that has four sloping sides
150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
151 A tough used for carrying off water
152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to
154
concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window
155
opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
156 The placing of glass in windows or doors
157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction
158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its
159
jamb
160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters
163 A large heavy nail
164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done
165 Lumber specification S4S
167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set
170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever

228/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall
172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other
173
exposed areas on the exterior of a building
174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof
175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building
176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch
177 Fireproof door with metal covering
178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf
179 Lumber that is not squared or finished
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel
180
columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads
Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over
181
removable wires inserted consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of
182 lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or
masonry spoon to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities,
183
maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring
184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
185
intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the
187
header and sill or about the side jamb
188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks
189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window
190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface
191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in
193
preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in
195
turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner
196
making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to
197
impart prestress to concrete
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace
199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill
200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long
201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl
202
space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an
203
interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door
205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters
206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building
207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation,
208
sometimes called sill plate
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw
210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home

229/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door
211
opening or below a window sill
212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and
213
projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight
215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall
216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail
218 The arrangement and design of window in a building
219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall
220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is
221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative
222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice
223
them together
224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting
225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam
226 A small finishing nail is called
227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point
228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets
233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair
234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance
235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups
236 Which among the concrete block is the header block
237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint
238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level
239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab
240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12'
241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond
242 Xyladecor is a product of
243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
245 The amount of space measured in cubic units.
246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete
247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete
248 Another term for plaster board
249 The face or front of a building
250 An opening in the roof for admitting light
251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
252 A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
253
for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
254 The distance between two structural supports
255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
256 Hammer is a
257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail
258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete

230/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window
261
opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors
263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade
264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice
268 A large heavy nail is referred to as
269 What is the scientific name of wood
270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment
270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor
273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition
274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period
276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride
277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load
278 The vertical face of a stair
279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain
280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured
281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone
282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board
283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls
284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom
285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern
286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of
287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces
288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets
289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood
290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting
291 Coated with zinc
292 Technical term for earthquake
293 Vertical frame of paneled door
294 Fascia between floor and wall
295 Cement, sand, and water
296 Filipino term for framework
297 Filipino term for bottom chord
298 Filipino term for collar
299 Filipino term for plastered course
300 Filipino term for purlins
301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles
302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap
303 Filipino term for ceiling joist
304 Filipino term for door fillet
305 Filipino term for girder
306 Filipino term for masonry fill
307 Filipino term for downspout
308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge
309 Filipino term for brace
310 Filipino term for bathtub
311 Filipino term for temper (metal work)

231/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
313 A principal member of a truss
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side
316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
320
structure below grade
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the
322
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer
325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer
326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing
327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this
328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material
329 A brand name of asbestos roofing
330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this
331 Tradename for plastic materials
332 First group of wood used as shoring
333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC
334 A passageway of a chimney
335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin
336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint
337
has been removed
338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure
339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi
340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc
341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw
342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob
343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material
344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a
345
tank
346 A low wall around a chalet type house
347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces
348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint
349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware
350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall
351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition
One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window
352
sash
353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood
354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd
355 Concrete with low cement content
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

232/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the
357
foundations
358 A fireproof door with metal covering
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling,
359
furniture and interior form
The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and
360
work
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks
362 Finest wood for furniture
363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer
364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames
365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame
366 Used for framing joist, truss
367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs
368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs
369 Used for paneling
370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart
371
shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins
373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
374
shinkage during drying
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by
376
sawing too near the surface of the lag
The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the
377
wood they infest
378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length
379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12
380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider
381 2" to 4" thk
382 5" x 5" and larger
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with
383
a thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues
384 Hip roof support
385 Another term for plaster board
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and
386
support for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall
387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor
389 Steel window section for muntins
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during
390
installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security
392 Admixture that impart color on concrete
393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing
396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders
397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing
398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat
398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam
399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber

233/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface
401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived
402 from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to
liquid
The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used
403
primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement
405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its
406
become self supporting
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the
409
elements so that the painting is not required for protection
A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over
410
stretchers in the course below
Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation
411
shielding
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck,
412
while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
413 A portland cement specification
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various
414
embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities,
417
maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood
418
imitation, flooring and piping
419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also
420
produces about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days
The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete
421
mixing
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete
423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the
425
concrete has been placed and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through
426
which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solution
The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or
427
subtrite
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up
429 No. 5 designation of a bar
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or
430
structures below water level
A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings,
431
usually caused by shrinkage during drying
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce

234/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles
434
closer together, thereby expelling the air from the void spaces
A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during
435
driving
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then
437
chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glass
A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as
438
pigmented lacquer
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width
440
and tied together by metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses
441
frames along its span and shoring on both ends
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio
443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of
444
lumber, usually caused by sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying
445
and not became part of the film
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete
447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion
448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of
449
moisture or containing salts
450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

451 A vertical joints between brick wythes

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular
452
interval
453 It is not a vehicle of paint
454 A double unit glass
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of
455
headers laid perpendicular to the stretcher course
Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a
456
concrete setting
Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of
457
coatings for aluminium
A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning
458
them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a
459
natural form of oxidation for protective coating
A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are
460 connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the
concrete pedestal
Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests
461
on a masonry or concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of
462
combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated
A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply
463
and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot
464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out
PAINT DEFECTS

235/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of
465 which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to
repeated application of new coats over old coats
Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented
466
by applying an impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the
467
sun during the process of drying
468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward
469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood
470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film
471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or
474
incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap
Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc
475
brushing
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of
476
old work, over unclean or greasy surface
477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather
478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar
480 What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar
481 What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar
482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar
483 What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar
484 What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar
485 What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar
486 What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar
487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar
488 What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where
490
moderate heat of hydration is required
491 is used where high early strength is required
492 is used where low heat of hydration is required
493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating
494 sash. Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum
comfort
Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting
495
ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window
496 Operating sash for ease of operation
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing
497
hardware intrinsic in the double hung window
498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired
499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with
500
casement sash
An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on
501
appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping

236/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg
TYPES OF HINGES
503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot
504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin
A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open
505
position automatically
506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door
508
frame
A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on
509
the jamb leaf
510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building
512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure
513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row
515 Large footing extending a wide area
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the
516
earth is capable of providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a
517
footing used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing
518 A footing which supports more than one column load
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when
520
subject to the bearing load
An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in
521
foundations
A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or
522
structures below water level
523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically
524
located with respect to the footing
525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing
526
stratum into which the piles are driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added
READY MIXED CONCRETE
528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing
529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding
531
water, then cement setting will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist
533 condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained
above 10 C and in a moist condition for at

237/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


534 least the WHAT days
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete
536 Load bearing 4" CHB
537 Non load bearing 4" CHB
538 Cement mortar
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I.
539
Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
540 Minimum bar size of footing
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
542 Minimum size of column rebar
543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns
544 Sizes of column ties
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span
546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span
547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line
If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of
550
cut
SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be
551
lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
552 24 times bar diameter
553 30 times bar diameter
554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm
555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE
556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions
THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS
OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING
557
CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is
used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade
JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in
558
flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used
559
to float the surface of concrete slab immediately
560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete
THREE COAT PLASTER
563 First coat
564 Second coat
565 Third coat
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in
566
plastic state with water hardens into a stone-like mass
Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically
567
placed to support a building
A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination
568
of the above materials

238/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column


571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact
A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of
573
cracking
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of
574
another
575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater
576 Used of heat to prevent contractions
PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements
580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands
SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the
582 slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up
the columns to their finl position
Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from
583
one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of
584 formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while
workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a
585
horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of
586
compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell
Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on
588
surface
A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured
589
components
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground
590
level and then raised into sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
591 A pile which carries a vertical load
592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it
593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to
594
keep water out of foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used
595
for the construction of coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist
597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction
598 Any joist which carries a floor

239/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to
601
prevent or retard the spread of fire
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor
603
or roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar
605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and
609
smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
610 10mm to 25mm
611 28mm to 32mm
612 36mm
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance
614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between
615
longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than
616
WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
617 To 6 inclusive
618 Over 6 to 12
619 Over 12 to 20
620 Over 20
621 Over 40 to 60
622 Over 60 to 150
623 Over 150
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm
624 thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF
FILLET WELDS
625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size,
626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed
627
WHAT
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner
629 part, but not less than WHAT
630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners
631
for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

632 Roof insulation under purlins

633 Roof insulation over purlins

634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier

240/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

635 Acoustical Installation


1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal
636
screws
A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like
637 Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable
finish
A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus
638
softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient drying
What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
639
bar per meter length
640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers
641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold
642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface
643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards
Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed
647
manner
What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
648
bar per meter length
649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles
650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651 Floor system by Jackbuilt


652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors
653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength
654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making
656
the connection clean of joint traces
657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system
658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed
659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the
660
vertical height
661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry
662 Not a wood parquet geometric design
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks,
663
install tiles and pebble washout

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2"
664
o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

241/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident
666
free
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-
667
SECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
669 Steel window section for muntins

670 Basic parts of stressing anchor

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during
671
installation of floor or wall finishes
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a
672
thin layer of wood, glued together

673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts
Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that
676
can be used for two slab

677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A


678
DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear
681
stresses present at the joint
Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in
682
place

683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant
685
decorative surface
686 Concrete hollow block laying
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by
687
used of needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across
688
loom. Pile height is determined by height of wire inserted

242/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations
689
and designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpet
The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six
690
color frames
This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a
691
viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing
692
and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of
693 cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry
spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities,
695
maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by
696
mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally
697
exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the
698
sill or sides of the jamb
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry
700
surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in
701
relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads
703
directly into the garage
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved
705
opening
A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a
706
basement window or doorway
707 A facing of squared stones
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and
decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give
708
a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic
to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet
709
sidings
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
711
intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes
713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk
714
with smaller chips filling the space
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and
715
sill or about the side jambs
716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end
717 and the cement plaster should be..
718 It is not a brand of house paint
719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window

243/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during
720
installation
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural
721
light only
is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in
722
preparation for a finishing surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making
723
interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window
726
opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole
728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes
729 Lumber that is not squared or finished
730 hinges on left; open inward
731 hinges on right; open inward
732 hinges on left; open outward
733 hinges on right; open outward
734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
735 the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
736 provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
737 gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a
retarder in Portland cement.
738 Basic ingredient in clay
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
739
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
740
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
741 between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
742
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
743 Additional information contract documents
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
744
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
745
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
746 space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
747
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
748
another.
749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal?
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or
750 translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and
stabilizer.

244/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
751
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
752 concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the
rate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability
and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
753
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is
adaptable to countless variety of purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without
coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
754 types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber
755 members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth
or stones.
756 Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
757 restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
758
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
759
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of
760
some clay.
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
761
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
762 b. Window Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
763 are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
764 The minimum length of splice needed for column.
765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
766
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
767
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
768
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
769 Identify the miter joint
770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
776
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
777
of masonry walls are known as

245/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
778
to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
779
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
780
the other primarily to resist bending is a
781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
782
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
783
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
784
corrosion resistance and ductility is
785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
786 The Filipino term for riser
787 The Filipino term for collar plate is
788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
789 The Filipino term for plumb line is
790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
791 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
792 equals 6 how many risers will there be between two floors
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
793
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
794
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
795
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
796
available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
797 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
798 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be


799
minimized by

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in


800 tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be
minimized by the use of

801 A material used to remedy vapor flow

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and


802
they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also
803
be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
804
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
805
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is

246/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
806
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
808
appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
809 storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
810
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
811 the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known
as
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately
812
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
813
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
814
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
815 The Filipino term for plastered course is
816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is
817 The Filipino term for purlin is
818 M
819 The Filipino term for top chord is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
820 design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
reduce moisture in a wall when used
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a
821 ventilated roof space may show pattern staining on the
ceiling. This can be prevented by
Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to
822 afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of

Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using


823 less expensive materials with the application of construction
techniques

The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a


824 total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser
is 7 7/8, therefore, the stringer length is
825 Dry walls are customarily finished with
The riser of a stair is 6 inches. What is the run using
826
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is
827
the use of
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building
828
lines in building layout, is the use of

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor


829 finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)
steps
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
830 slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
831
flat roof of commercial or industrial building

247/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a


water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
832 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
833
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
834
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
835 compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical
treatment of the
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and
836 finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
837
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
838
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
839
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
840 The Filipino term for rabbet
841 The Filipino term for projection is
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
842 proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9-0
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
843
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
844
system of residential buildings
845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating
846
materials used in buildings
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
847 water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of
dwelling units
The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least
one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2 x 6 yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
848
floor system assuming that thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on
4 RC slab with membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses

A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing


system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
849 vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?
850 The finished frame surrounding a door is a
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
851
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a

248/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
852
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
853
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
854
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
855 laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down is a
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
856
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
857 The wall of Intramuros is
858 The Filipino term for rafter is
859 The Filipino term for baseboard is
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
860
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
861
and shape of the building footing/foundation
What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water
tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
862
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general


863
criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings
The most common materials used for roofing of urban
864
residential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,
865
exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of


866 two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the
nosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne
noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against
867
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better
sound insulation are
When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally
well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
868
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is
This material holds less moisture, is very light with less
869 absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential
houses in tropical regions
870 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
871
etc. is called
872 A twisting force is
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
873
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
874 The term stone-cut refers to a
875 Wood with metal cladding is called
876 The Filipino term for floor joist is
877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
878
columns is

249/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is
880 A vertical line check uses a
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
881
together is
882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
883
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
884
excavation lines are called
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or
885
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is
887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
888
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
889
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
890 A twisting force is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
891
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
892
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
893
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
894
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
895
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
896
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
898
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
899
negative is called
900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces?
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
901
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
902 Wood flooring finishing material
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
903
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
904
footing
905 Wall partition wooden framing is called
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
906
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
908
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
909
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin

250/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
910
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
911
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
912 without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
is called
913 A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

914 A one-way concrete slab are used when

915 Level tool is a

916 Steel square is a


917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called
918 Tin shear is a
919 Auger bit is part of
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
920
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than

921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of


922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
923
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
924
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
925
called
926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and
927 Dressed lumber is referred to
928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
929
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
930
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
931
breaks is called
932 The amount of space measured in cubic units
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
933
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
934
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
935
concrete mix is
936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called
937 Jack rafter is used for
938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called
939 The face or front elevation of a building
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
940
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to

251/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
943
broad leaves are called
944
The building frame construction system that uses one piece
945
structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
946 plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings
and near the base of the wall
947 The distance between two structural supports
948 The scientific name for wood is
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
949
height of the stair by the number of
950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides
951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
952 A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
953
concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
954
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
955
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
956 top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above
the opening
957 The placing of glass in windows or doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard
958
grade is called
959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction
960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

961 Green lumber is

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is


962
called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
963
of the cornice
964 A large heavy nail is referred to as
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
965
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
966
be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure


967
refers to

968 Lumber specification S4S means


The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
969
roof or bridge truss
970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
971
blade set at
972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment

252/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
974
wall
975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
976
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
977
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
978
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and
979
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
980
building
981 The zig-zag rule is a

982 Keystone is

983 Kalomein door is


984 Lumber that is not squared or finished
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
985
reinforcement constructed

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the


986 following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT
ideal?

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not


987
critical?

988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to


989
provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
990 use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
991
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
993
flushed with the cabinet sidings

253/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to


know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
994 should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires
inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and
columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
995
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet
framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
996
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while
997 maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency
998 mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the


earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
999
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
poured floor?

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
1000
angles diagonally
When utilizing knock-down modular system of cabinets and
1001
furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the
cement matrix is depressed

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the


1003
quality of concrete?

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees


1004
to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the
1005
substrate must be roughened while observing the following:
A type of hands of door where the hinge is at the left and the
1006
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
1007
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
1008
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
1009 activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
1010 the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
1011
with glass to allow natural light only

254/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1012 Vernacular term for rough plastering

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must


be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
1013 such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>

What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement


1014 of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
manufactured under plant control conditions?
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound
1015 material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving?
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and
fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
1016
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities
What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,
1017
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or
1019 combination of these forces.

A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made;
1020
colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement
Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to
1021 absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows
1022 air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain
1023 directions are all substantially parallel

It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at
1024 right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer.

1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
1026 against it.

1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly
1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action.

1029 Squared building stone


1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
1031 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load

255/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement
1032 and water

1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length
1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 feet above
1035 grade

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole


1036
of a door
1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
1038
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
1039 grip installed in a shower, which may be used in
steadying or support ones self.
For finishing accessories, a device attached above
1040
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
1041
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
1042 conventional head such as square, hexagonal,
button or countersank.
It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from
1043 fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,
cotton fiber, or animal hair.
For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with
standard penetration tests can give indication of the
1044 bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.
For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil
1045
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is
For brick work construction.what brick work with
1047
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.
For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when
freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
1048
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8 bullet nosed rod.
A type of wall in construction that laterally braced
1049 that bears against an earth or other fill surface and
resists lateral and other forces.
It has been proven in construction that
_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
1050 great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and
1051 water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.

256/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

In history of masonry,____________were apparently


first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
1052
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.
A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from
1053
main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
1054
flowing from the end of the spigot.
Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by
extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
1055
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.

1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage.

These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together
1057 to form a uniform film
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.
These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and
1058
color particles from separating from each others.
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
1060 English term for " Sinturon"
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1062
bending is a
1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts,
1064 foundation sills, railroad tiles and
other construction where strength and durability is required.
A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the
1065 process of deposition,
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.
It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely
1066
crushed stone. (
Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and
1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to
be measured.
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light
1068
only
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be
1070 able to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection
cover.
A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks,
quarry stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes
1071 and mostly
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of
not reinforced concrete.
These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same
1072 Materials as brick, but all
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.

257/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse
at the center of the
1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces
are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.
1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll"
is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture,
structures, toys, and
1075
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use
only wood elements.
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace"

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is
1077 used-one is a kraft paper.
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose
1078
of removing fuzz of protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
1079
appearance
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or
1081
fabric with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
1082
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
1083
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
1084
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by
1085
hand on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
1086
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
1087
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
1088
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep
1089
scallops.
have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
1090
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
1091
accordion shades
have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
1092
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane?
1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing
1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
1096
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
1097 this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
1098
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
1099
except ______.

258/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and
1100
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
1102
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers
mixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials
such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
1104
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?

Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of
all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables
1105
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator

Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.


Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
1106
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption
1107
coefficient (SAC) value?
These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from
cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
1108
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.
1109 a. Ductile
b. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material
are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
1110
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
1111

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
1112 below grade is a

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are


1113 known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1114 floor joints is known as

259/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1115 floor joints is known as

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1116 bending is a

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is


1117
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
1118

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock
1119 cylinder

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
1120

The Filipino term for horizontal stud is


1121
The Filipino term for riser
1122
The Filipino term for collar plate is
1123
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
1124
The Filipino term for plumb line is
1125
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
1126
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
1127

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 how many risers
1128 will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by


1129

The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
1130

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-
1131 ceiling in offices is

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1) x 4(commercial size) T
& G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is
1132
3.5 , the total board feet needed is

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can
1133 be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs
1134 by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished
1135 with

260/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB
1136 masonry wall by using

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is
1137 necessary to provide

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and
1138 bears directly on the column footing is a

** 6 to 8 - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4 - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing

1140

1141

1142

1143

1144

1145

1146

1147

1148

1149

1150

1151

1152

1153

1154

1155

1156

1157

1158

1159

1160

1161

261/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1162

1163

1164

1165

1166

1167

1168

1169

1170

1171

1172

1173

1174

1175

1176

1177

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1186

1187

1188

1189

262/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1190

1191

1192

1193

1194

1195

1196

1197

1198

1199

1200

1201

1202

1203

1204

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1215

1216

1217

263/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1218

1219

1220

1221

1222

1223

1224

1225

1226

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

1244

1245

264/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1246

1247

1248

1249

1250

1251

1252

1253

1254

1255

1256

1257

1258

1259

1260

1261

1262

1263

1264

1265

1266

1267

1268

1269

1270

1271

1272

1273

265/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1274

1275

1276

1277

1278

1279

1280

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

1289

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

266/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1328

1329

267/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1330

1331

1332

1333

1334

1335

1336

1337

1338

1339

1340

1341

1342

1343

1344

1345

1346

1347

1348

1349

268/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Cross Tee

Pantile

Mission Tile

Dado

Foundation Wall

Grade Beam

Dampproofing
Balloon Framing
Balloon Framing

Western Framing

Dead Bolt

Tryolean Finish

Chord

Alloy

Backset

Baluster

Cast Iron

Nickel Steel

Wrought Iron
Double Glass
Fortification
15mm
Hybrid Girder
Cantilever Beam
Shear Wall
Gluing/ Pasting
0.90 m

24" x 48" x 1/2"

Eaves
Post-tensioning

Building paper sheathing


and space filled

Area Wells

One-Way Slab
Felt
Purlins
Inflection Point

Batten

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

269/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Post-tensioning
Beam Blocking

Atmospheric Pressure

Bay Window

Control Joints
Expansion Joint

Cold Joint

Construction Joint

Control Joint

Lap Seam

Flat Paint
Trabe-Anzo
Soleras
Vaciada
Kusturada
Tirante
Reostra
Alero
Tahilan
Poleva
Hulog
Bolada
Kilo
Rodapis
Asintada
Baniera
Pie De Gallo

Pundido (parang manny)

Kontratista (yeah!)
Tubo de Banada
Plantilya
Paupo
Gang Nail Plate

Lightning

Lath and Plaster


1/4 plastic hose filled
w/ water

3-4-5 multiples with the


use of steel tape measure

Grain
G.I. Sheets

Corkboard

1 1/2 corr
Chase
Serpentine

270/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


English Bond
Running Bond
Common Bond /
American Bond

Flemish Bond

Heel Cut

Soil Bearing Pressure

Aluminum Foil Sheets


Reinforced Concrete and
High Grade Steel
Asbestos-Cement
Shingles
Door Jamb

Knob Bolt

Dutch Door

Torsion

Honey Combs

Sheet Piling
Wood Siding
AA
Split-Ring
Clamp Nail
Weathered
Hip Rafter

Batter Boards

Composite Column

Spirit Level

Space Frame

Keeper
Zinc Chromate

Aluminum Coating

7 & 6 Wood Planks

Chalking

24 hours
Studs
Acrylic Latex Paint
Acrylic Paint
L Hook Bolt
Staple Wire
Flat Slab
Level Tool
Steel Square
Riser

271/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

2 years

Collar Beam
2" to 5"
Run

Portable Hand Router

Aggregate
Girder
Nonbearing Wall
Load Bearing Wall
Retaining Wall

Bearing Wall

Floating Wall
Shear Wall
Live Load
Effective Length
Cement
Total Run

Sump Pit

Prefabrication
Skylight
Softwood
Firebrick

Plaster Ground

Span
Xylem
Muntin
Hip Roof
Rip-rap
Moat
Stripping
Purlin

Anchor Bolt

Lintel

Glazing
Banister
Lap Joint

Butt Hinge

Green Lumber
Valley
Facia
Spike
Caisson
Smooth on four sides
Chord
Wood Saddle
45
Latch

272/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Common Wall
Escutcheon

Flashing

Lookout
Formworks
Keystone
Kalomein Door
Corbel
Milled Lumber

Foundation Bolt

Velvet

Scratch Coat

Polyurethane Floor
Coating
Scarf

Standard Terazzo

Outrigger

Pivoted Window

Caulking
Rabbet
Masonry Neutralizer
Notch

Figured Wired Glass

Grading

Monopost
Ceiling Joist or Roof
Joist

Vigan Tiles

Tendon

Cap
Apron
Boardfoot
Casement

Backfill

Backing

Casement Window
Barge
Bay Window
Laminating

Mudsill

Pilot Hole
Rim Joist

273/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Cripple stud

Cogged joint

Bull-nosed step

Gravity wall
Quoin
Scarf joint

Baluster

Fenestration
Fig. A-1
12mm
Inflection point
Rowlock

Scab

Cross bridging
Web
Brad
Pyramid roof
Stirrup

Pile

Soldier
Pigment
30cm
Carriage
Channel
6cm
Fig B-2
Miter box
Plastic hose w/ water
100mm
40 bd.ft.
Fig. C-3
Boysen
Load bearing wall
Effective length
Volume
Stirrups
Cement
Gypsum board
Faade
Skylight
Soft wood
Fire brick

Plaster ground

Span
Rip-rap
Striking tool
Fig. D-2
Stripping

274/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Purlins

Anchor bolts

Lintel

Glazing
Cull
Lap joint
Green lumber
Valley
Fascia
Spike
Xylem
Retaining wall
Chord
Sleeper
Stud
Tyrolean finish
Adiabatic curing
Vinyl tile
Creep
Riser
Plough
Post-tensioning
Ashlar brick
Perforated tape
Control joint
Hopper
Parquet
Wrought iron
Lag screw
Lead
Solignum
Admixture
Galvanized
Seismic
Stile
Baseboard
Mortar
Balangkas
Barakilan
Sinturon
Kusturada
Reostra
Asolehos
Platsuela
Kostilyahe
Batidora
Guililan
Lastilyas
Tubo de banada
Espolon
Pie de gallo
Baniera
SUBAN

275/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

BACKSET

CHORD

TYROLEAN FINISH

PANTILE
WROUGHT IRON
COLD JOINT
CAST IRON
BED

FOUNDATION WALL

BEAM BLOCKING

WESTERN FRAMING

HYDROSTATIC
PRESSURE
ACI INSULATION
JACINTO COLOR STEEL
THERMAL INSULATION
ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
HIGH TENSILE
STRENGTH
PLACA ROMANA
STEEL
FORMICA
TANGUILE
250mm
FLUE
PITCH POCKET
KNOTS

PRIMER SEALER

AA
MOLDS AND STAINS
GALVANIZING
COUNTERSINK
ROSE
SCRIBE
DAVIES

GLASS

ZOCALO
LAG SCREW
COMPRESSION SEAL
CRASH BAR
BLEEDER MASS
SOLEPLATE

STILE

SOLIGNUM
COLOROOF
LEAN

FLOOR PANEL

276/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

SHEET PILE

KALAMEIN

HARDWOOD

SOFTWOOD

YACAL
TINDALO
DAO
KAMAGONG
WHITE LAUAN
APITONG
NARRA
TANGUILE
ALMACIGA
KNOTS

SHAKES

PITCHPOCKETS
SPLIT

CHECK

WARP

WANE

DRY ROT

1 BOARD FOOT
BOARD FOOT FORMULA
BOARDS
DIMENSION LUMBER
TIMBERS

PLYBOARD

JACK RAFTER
GYPSUM BOARD

TRIMMING GUARD

RIPRAP
SLEEPERS
Z BAR

POLYMER

DEAD BOLT LOCK


TRUSCON
PRE-TENSIONED
CONCRETE

PRE STRESSING

FOUNDATION BED
3 DAYS
SAHARA
BLISTERING
FLAT SLAB
WOOD PLANK

277/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


FLOAT GLASS
CASEIN

ASPHALTIC

TEFLON

HYDRATION
SCREEDING

FALSEWORK

TRENCH

WEATHERING STEEL

FLEMISH BOND

HEAVYWEIGHT

PUTLOG SCAFFOLD

ASTM C 150

ALCLAD

CHALKING

PARQUET
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

PVC

GLAZING PUTTY

TYPE III HIGH EARLY


STRENGTH

BATCHING

2 to 5 INCHES
SHOTCRETE

SOLDIERS

VACUUM DEWATERING

ANODIZING

VEHICLES

STAGING
16mm

CAISSON

CHECKS

TENSION SET BOLTS

BANK

278/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

COMPACTION

BULB PILE

TIE BEAM

TEMPERED GLASS

DUCO

BED JOINT

CAVITY WALL

FLYING FORM

1: 1 1/2 : 3
PIER

WANE

SOLVENTS

KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL
HEAVING
ENAMEL

EFFLORESCENCE

KILN BURNED BRICKS

COLLAR JOINT

CHECKING

EMULSIFIERS
INSULATING GLASS

COMMON BOND

DISPERSAL AGENT

LAMINATED COATING

ANODIZING

WEATHERING STEEL

TWO HINGED FRAME

BEARING PLATE

TARRED FELTS

GRAVEL SURFACING

SHAKES

279/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

ALLIGATORING

BLEEDING

BLISTERING

CHALKING
DEADENING
MOISTURE BLUSH

ORANGE PEEL

PEELING

PINHOLING

RUNS AND SAGS

TACKINESS

WRINKLING
FADING

0.396 KILO
0.616 KILO
0.888 KILO
1.580 KILOS
2.466 KILOS
3.854 KILOS
4.834 KILOS
6.314 KILOS
7.992 KIOS
9.866 KILOS

TYPE I

TYPE II

TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V

PROJECTED

SECURITY

DOUBLE HUNG

SLIDING

COMBINATION
CASEMENT

AWNING

JALOUSIE

280/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


PIVOTED

HINGE
BUTT HINGE

SPRING HINGE

PIVOT HINGE

FULL SURFACE

FULL MORTISE

HALF MORTISE

HALF SURFACE

FOUNDATIONS
SHALLOW FOUNDATION
DEEP FOUNDATIONS

CONTINUOUS
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

PILE FOUNDATION

GRILLAGE FOOTING

COMBINED FOOTING

SPREAD FOOTING

BENCH FOUNDATION

INVERTED ARCH

CAISSON'S FOUNDATION

MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

CANTILIVER FOOTING

GRILLAGE FOOTING

PILE FOUNDATION

DRUM MIXING

TRANSIT MIXED
CENTRAL MIXED

SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES

1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7

281/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


FIRST 3

16 to 20 L of water
28 to 32 L of water
36 to 40 L of water
16 to 20L of water

4 FEET

NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
aggreagates or 25mm

NO. 5 or 16mm
4 PIECES
NO. 2 or NO. 4

L/7
L/5
45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER
or 305mm
L/4

102mm,152mm,254mm

IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED

276MPa
345MPa
414MPa
15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC
REACTION

STRAIGHT EDGE

HAND TAMPER

DARBY

BULL FLOAT

EDGER

JOINTER OR GROOVER

SCRATCH COAT
BROWN COAT
FINISH COAT

MORTAR

POST

COLUMN

282/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

SQUARED TIED SPIRAL


COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
COMBINED COLUMN
LALLY COLUMN

ISOLATION JOINT

CONTROL JOINT W/
DOWEL

T&G CONTROL JOINT

BUTT-TYPE
CONSTRUCTION
THERMAL EXPANSION

PRE-COMPRESSING
METHOD
SELF CONTAINED
METHOD
BOND FRICTION
THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC
EXPANSION

LIFT SLAB
CONSTRUCTION

FLYING FORMWORK

SLIP FORMING

TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION

SHOTCRETE

THIN SHELLS

SHOTCRETE

PRE-FABRICATED

LIFT SLAB

BEARING PILE
FRICTION PILE
BATTER PILE

SHEET PILE

GUIDE PILE

GIRDER
SILL
FLOOR JOIST

283/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

TAILPIECE

LEDGER STRIP

DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP

HEDGER

TRIMMER

4db
12db

6db
12db
6db

4db

6db
8db
10db

db; 25mm
25mm

1.5db nor 40mm

3x or 450mm

3
4.5
6
7.5
9
12
16

MINUS 1.5mm

4x
ONE FOURTH or 1/4

200mm

5x;25mm
25mm
4x;40mm

2x

ALUMINIZED BACKING &


TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER
G.I. TIE WAR
ALUMINIZED
BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)
ASPHALT

284/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


NON FLAMMABLE
ALUMINUM

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM


BLIND RIVETS

CEMENT TEXTURED
FINISH

WRINKLING

3.853 KILOS

SEAM LOCK
SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
BLEEDING
#16 EXPANDED METAL
LATH
MODULAR
COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND
WALL
ANGLE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM
3/4" THK CEMENT
GROUT

1.578 KILOS

PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE
T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
MORTISE LOCKSET
SCARF
OIL WOOD STAIN
1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3
DEPTH SLABS, 3/4
CLEAR SPACING

BLIND AND STUB

FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm
THKCEMENT PLASTER
VISION DOOR

BENCHMARK

SCREW WITH
EXPANSION PLUG
HEPTAGON

FINISHING MASON

CURDOROY or TOOL
FINISH

MODULAR SYSTEM

285/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

LAMINATED

HUE SCALE

PLAIN MITER
Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
STRESSING WASHER,
BOTTOM PLATE

POLYMER

PLYBOARD

CROSS BRACE MUST BE


INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION
75mm WIDE PRESSURE
SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED
DUCT TAPE STRAP AT
600mm O.C.
WOOD LATHE MACHINE
or TORNO

CONDECK

ALUMINUM PIPES &


CONDUITS AT R.C.
SHALL BE SECURED
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT
MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY
COVERED

CHROMA SCALE

DEAD BOLT LOCK

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL
BARRIER. ADHERE BY
INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT

REVERSE THE
LOCATION OF THE "Z"
PURLINS

20 mm

SPACE TO INSTALL
CONCEAL DOOR
CLOSER

PURLIN SAG RODS

STUCCO FLOORING
FINISH
ASINTADA

TUFTED

VELVET

286/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

AXMINSTER

WILTON

FUSHION

KNITTED

SCRATCH COAT

TANGUILE
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

SANDBLASTING

RUSTIC TERRAZO

PIVOTED

LEFT HAND
MASONRY
NEUTRALIZER

PEELING

ANCHOR BOLT

APRON

ARCADE

ARCH

AREAWAY

ASHLAR

IMPRESSO CRETE

INSET or INTERIOR

SCARF

RUSTIC TERRAZO

STANDARD TERRAZO
VENETIAN TERRAZO

PALLADIANA TERRAZO

PIVOTED

KEEP THE CEMENT


PLASTER
AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
ICI DULUX
RABBET

287/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

EDGE STRIP TROWEL

SMOKED GLASS

GRADING

VIGAN TILES

305 mm

GIRDER BEAM

LINTEL BEAM

PRE FABRICATION
KNOTS
UNDRESSED LUMBER
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND REVERSE
RIGHT HAND REVERSE
Party Wall

Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum

Brick

Sandstone

Dry Vent

Relief Vent

Specification

Bid Bulletin

16 inches or .46 m

9 inches o .23 m

Crawl Space

Adhesiveness

Cohesiveness

Steel

Glass

288/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Damproofers

Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling

Ceiling rafters

Load bearing wall tile

8 inches

Fire Block

SPT Standard
Penetration Test

Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door

60 cm
35 degree

Sheet piles

Distribution Line

Brace or the Diagonal

pantile

foundation wall

control joints

289/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

balloon framing

tryolean finish

chord

Casein

alloy

Backset

wrought iron

Pabalagbag
takip silipan
sinturon
poleva
hulog
cantiliver
shear wall

15..

gluing/pasting

0.90 meters

24 x 48 x

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning

providing building paper


sheathing and space
filled

wood

glossy surfaced asphalt


saturated paper, 50 lbs or
more

lath and plaster

furring

flashing material

grade beam

290/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

batten

post-tensioning

beam blocking

western framing

atmospheric pressure

bay window

flemish bond

cold joint

cast iron

kusturada
estunyo
reostra
sopo
tahilan

1 thick V-cut wood


boards

adequate insulation

combination of wood
boards and plywood with
cavity between

double wall plywood on


horizontal and vertical
studs with
absorbents

3.69 meters

lath and plaster

12.2247 inches

plastic hose filled


with water

3-4-5 multiples with the


use of steel tape measure

felt paper below sub-slab


then WP on top of the
sub-slab

expansion joints

corkboard

291/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

4.16 meters

columns, splices,
materials, lot
columns, splices,
materials, lot

ceiling only

nickel steel

serpentine

flemish bond

western framing

vaciada
bolada

18 risers

soil bearing pressure

aluminum foil sheets

reinforced concrete and


high grade steel
porous concrete, glass
fibers, guilt materials

asbestos-cement
shingles

6 inches

7.906 meters

door jamb

knob bolt

292/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

dutch door

lap seam

lap seam

mission tile

grade beam

fortification
kilo
rodapis

lightning

soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood,


type of floor finish

G.I. sheets

space frames, light steel


skeleton structures

going

double wall on 2 x 4
studs

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement
shingles

2 corr.

chase

torsion

sheet piling

wood siding
kalamein
soleras
tirante

AA

293/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


split-ring
plumb bob

clamp nail

weathered

hip rafter

batter boards

composite

kostilyahe
biga

spirit level

construction joint

torsion

chase

hybrid girder

one-way slab

purlins

space frame

space frame

15 mm

shear wall

inflection point

zinc chromate

aluminum coating

7 & 6 wood planks

staple wire

24 hours

studs

acrylic latex type

acrylic paint

L hook bolt

294/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

chalking

construction joint

bearing wall

flat slab
the slab is being
supported by two parallel
beams
tool used for guiding and
testing the work to a
vertical and
horizontal position
tool for testing and for
framing work
riser
masonry tool
bearing tool

2 years

not less than 1 thick x 4


and up wide
2 to 5 thick

run

portable hand router

girder

knots
smoothed or planed
lumber
cross-cut

load bearing walls

live load

effective length

volume

contraction joint

height

cement

cantilever beam
hip roof support
total run
faade

sump

Pre fabrication

295/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


skylight

softwood

firebrick

balloon framing

plaster ground

span
XYLEM

risers

hip roof
rip-rap
moat

stripping

purlin

anchor bolt

lintel

glazing

cult

banister
lap joint

lumber that still contains


moisture or sap

valley

facia

spike

risers

caisson

vertical and horizontal


wood sticks and lumber
used to
determine the elevation
and ditances of the
reference points of the
proposed building

smooth on four sides

chord

wood saddle

45

retaining wall

296/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


oxy/acetyline welding

common wall

alabaster

stabilize

escutcheon

flashing

chase

formworks

carpenter measuring tool

wedge-shaped stone of
an arch
a fireproof door with
metal covering
milled lumber
90 degree bend plus 12
db extension, at free end
of bar

Surface in contact with


the bolt head and nut
shall have a
slope of not more than
1:10 with respect to a
plane normal to the
bolt axis

batter piles

group of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled
in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to
three in any one bundle

grade beam

foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada

inset or interior

297/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor
coating

sandblast

25% of scaffoldings can


be removed at slab area
after 14 days
and 100% of scaffolds
after 21 days after
pouring

scarf

standard sizes, shapes


and forms

standard terazzo

concrete shall be carried


on at such a rate that
concrete is at
all times plastic and flows
readily into space
between reinforcement

pivoted

keep the cement plaster


as thin as possible

left hand

rabbet

notch trowel

masonry neutralizer

peeling

figured wired glass

298/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


rebokada

Course aggregates shall


be no larger than the
minimum
clear spacing between
individual reinforcing
bars or wires, bundles of
bars, or prestressing
tendons or ducts

db but not less than 30


mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon

Accelerators

Igneous

Gypsum

Wood

Air Drying

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood

Joint Filler

Cold joint

A-Frame

Galvanize

Ashlar
Cellar

Camber

299/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Cement Paste

Brace, Diagonal
Boliden salt process

Cellar

escutcheon

cremone bolt

bullet catch

grab bar

spring door closer

perforated tape

machine bolt

blanket insulation

test boring

Cobble

senepa

English Bond

Slump test

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

300/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

bricks

Corporation stop

Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers

Coalesting agents

Anti-flooding Agents

Liso galvanisado
Kanallado
Collar plate
French Tile

Chord

Wrough Iron

Bansalagin

Aerocrete

Granolithic finish

Magnetic Gauge

Figured wired glass

Fascia board

Manhole

Masonry

Structural tile

301/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Particle board

Palupo

Joinery

Asotea

Vapor barrier

gassing

beetling

fulling

slip-resistant finish

napping

antiseptic finish

drip-dry finish

block printing

stencil painting

roller printing

discharge printing

Austrian shades

honeycombed shades

pleated fabric shades

roman shades

mullions
frame
muntins

Rigid Board Insulation

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar

Hardwood panel

302/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Melamine foam linear


wedges

Acoustical tile

Bonded acoustical panel

Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for


traction type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

Foundation Wall

Control Joints

Baloon Framing

303/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Tyrolean Finish

Chord

Casein

Alloy

Backset

Wrought Iron

Pabalagbag

Takip silipan

Sinturon

Poleva

Hulog

Cantilever

Shear

15

gluing/ pasting

0.90 m.

24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

Wood

lath & plaster

304/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

furrings

Flashing material

Grade Beam

notes

305/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

306/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

307/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

308/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

309/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

310/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

311/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

LDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

312/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

1 These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization
(mountains; deserts; seas) Geography

2 Visible architecture is composed of:


Volume & Depth

3 A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three
dimensions: length, width and depth. Volume

4 Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are
distinct, regular and easily recognizable Platonic Solids

5 One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two

forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait. Face to face contact

6 Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the
Golden section
greater as the greater is to be the whole.
7 One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the
view of another Juxtaposition

8 Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and


interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume Form

9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.
Color
10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.
Contrast
11 The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose
of the building or reason of erection. personal character

12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.


Balance
13 Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes
in a wheel. Centralized

14 It means equality
Balance
15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.
Scale
16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.
Rhythm
17 A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or
growing out of past experience. Assoc. Character

18 It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of
a various object or part of a competition. proportion

19 Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.
balance

20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.


personal char.

21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body. anthropomorphic
proportion
22 The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of
known or assumed size. visual scale

23 Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then
regular repetition is presented. unaccented rhythm

315/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

24 The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of
human body. human scale

25 The art and science of building design and construction.


architecture
26 Who said that The magnificent display of volume put together in the light
Le Corbusier

27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.
form
28 With respect to an observer.
visual inertia
29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.
linear form
30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid. grid form
31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another. subtracting
transformation
32 This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
articulation of form
shape and volume.
33 Who said The will of the epoch translated into space
Adolf Hitler
34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.
Radial Form
35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.
design process
36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.
. clustered
37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.
dimensional trans.
38 A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common
grid form
visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.
color
40 is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other
physical features at one level of a Floor Plan
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design.
Balance
42 Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their
commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both Tiangge
to retail and wholesale.
43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?
anthropometrics
44 deals with space planning in relationship with mans activities
ergonometrics
45 human factor engineering
ergonomics
46
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug
Medieval Organic City
(military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.
47
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super
building that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is Unite d Habitation
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

48 It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination


of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on Letchworth
town center.

316/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

49 A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area


Leslie Patrick
(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
Abercrombie
open space as structuring element.
50
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with
street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, Leon Battista Alberti
palace or castle
51
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established Homer Hoyt
lines of transportation.

52 Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops; or


Peter Kropotkin
Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work.
53 Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
Garden Oasis
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.
54
A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community. Greenbelt

55
The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more
Platting
parcels.

56
Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic
Azimuths
Survey uses south.

57
Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat

58
A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats
Urban Sprawl
up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.

59 A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general
public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented Advocacy Planning
groups in society.
60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land
Sustainable Land Use
resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without
Planning
compromising future generations.

61
Local Government Code,
This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive
1991

62
land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160

63
Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth

64
Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without
Sustainable Development
compromising the needs of the future generations.

65
First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus

66
A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City

67
The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement
Agricultural Surplus
and later to the birth of cities.

317/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

68
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted
Insula
from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

69
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits
Truebounded City
of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

70
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.

71
The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning

72
He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham

73
A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for
Subdivision Regulations
residential development.

74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale
organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between Urban Design
them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

75
The science of human settlement. Ekistics

76
By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement

77
Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste
Capital Facilities Planning
disposal facilities.

78
The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement

79
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by
Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the Concentric Zone Concept
central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.

80
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area

81
A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit

82
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc
Gabion Wall
coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

83
A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff

84
A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low
Meadow
grassy land near a river or stream.

85
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge

86
A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine

87
On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction

318/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

88
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single
Parcel
ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.

89
A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall

90
Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia

91
In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a
Density
given amount of space.

92
The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in
National Shelter Program
the Philippines.

93
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and
Social Housing
characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.

94
A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can
"Option to Buy"
investigate the property and make a decision.

95
Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the
Earnest Money
potential buyer has serious intentions.

96
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges
Amortization
against the capital account.

97
Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed

98
They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers

99
Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the
Appraiser
industry.

100
Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker

101
Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at
Total System
the site.

102
Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes

103
Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to
Zoning
separate different types of living units.

104
Prefabrication
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
Manufacturer

105
System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems

106
The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal

107
An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and
Urban Area
services.

108
Code of Multiplicities and
Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.
Tradition

319/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

109
Primitive / Vernacular /
Three general types of structures.
Grand

110
A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use

111
Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use

112
Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications

113
Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.

114
Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms

115
Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change

116
A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo

117
In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants

118
The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning

119
The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology

120
Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic

121
Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied
Comprehensive Plan
in the ___.

122
Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System

123
A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight

124
The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star

125
An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways

126
A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the
Landmark
ground.

127
A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane

128
The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan

129
The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land

320/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

130
A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary

131
A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey

132 The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of
deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development Land-use Analysis
goals.
133
A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey

134
In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude

135
An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn

136
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time,
Lease
usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

137
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold

138
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens
Medieval Organic City
town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)

139
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental d. National Development
planning? (CDEP IX-45) Planning

140 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337
dwellings in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? Unite d Habitation
(CDEP IX-18)
141
Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros

142
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one
Specialists
item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

143
It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also
Permeability
measured in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)

144
It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and
10-15 %
have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

145
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%

146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of
nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two
4
theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class
residential? (PTIT 132)

147
It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external.
They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT Landmarks
133)

148
In the book called The Neighborhood Unit he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive
Clarence Perry
neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

321/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

149
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Leslie Patrick
Involved in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109) Abercrombie

150
t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts,
Letchworth
and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)

151
first conceptualized the Garden Cities; and author of Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social
Ebenezer Howard
Reform. (CDEP IX-16)

152
Outlying Business
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)
Districts

153
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing

154
These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the
Nodes
intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)

155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a
garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a Garden Oasis
variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156
When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP
1916
IX-31)

157
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with street radiating from central point,
Leon Battista Alberti
usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peters and St. Paul Cathedral;
Sir Christopher Wren
Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

159
The author of The Death and Life of Great American Cities one of the most influential book in
b. Jane Jacobs
the history of planning. (PTIT 116)

160
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the
ZIP
cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to
Homer Hoyt
the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162
Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture
Peter Kropotkin
with manual work. (PTIT 128)

163
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of
c. ekistics
other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129

95

61

27

322/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-7

-41

-75

-109

-143

-177

-211

-245

-279

-313

-347

-381

-415

-449

-483

-517

-551

-585

-619

-653

-687

323/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-721

-755

-789

-823

-857

-891

-925

324/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.

2 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.

3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.

4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.

5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.

6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.

7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4

8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.

9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.

10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.

11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14

12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7

13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.

14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.

15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.

16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.

17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.

18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3

19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.

20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.

21 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.

22 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.

23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.

24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.

25 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.

26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms

27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor

28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.

325/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.

32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.

35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.

36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3

37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300

38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2


Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with
39 30 mts.
sprinkler system for institutional use.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with
41 31 mts.
sprinkler.
42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a
43 91 cms.
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a
44 1.00 mtr.
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly
45 76 cms.
building.
46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.

47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.

49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.

50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.

51 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.

52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional


Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
53 Assembly
classification of occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
54 Assembly
classification of occupancy
55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or
56 Picking rooms.
groups.
57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building

58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which
59 Plenum
form part of an air distribution system.
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate

326/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support
62 Oxidizing material
combustion.
63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
64 volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a Distillation
nearly purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and
65 Dust
ignited will cause an explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B

68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point

69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.

70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System


The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient
71 Flash Point
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin,
72 Fumigant
germs, rodents or other pests.
73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.

74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.

75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.

76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6
77 15.00 mts.
persons.
78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family
79 3.00 mts.
dwelling.
80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.

81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.


Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other
82 20.5 cms.
than a balcony.
83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.

84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.

85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.

86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20

87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.

88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread
89 25 mm
below 25 cms in dimension.

327/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.

91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard
92 Fire resistance rating
fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements
93 Cryogenic
produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.

95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly

96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional

97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business

98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial

99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile

100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.

101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1

102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.

103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.

104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.

105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.

106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.

107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.

108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.

109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.

110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.

111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.

112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.

113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.

114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.

115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.

116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%

117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit

118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.

119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.

328/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire
121 55.9 cms.
escape.
122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.

123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard
124 23 mts.
commodities.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium,
125 Class D
and other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth,
126 Class A
rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials


127 Dip Tank
are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a


source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire Automatic Fire
128
protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting Suppression System
device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress

130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.

131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly

132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business

133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.

134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.

136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.


Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many
137 60 oC
degrees Celsius?
138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.

139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.

140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%

141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.

142 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.


Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to
143
the
76.25 mts.
144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.

146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.

329/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum
149 465 sqm.
area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there
150 Hotel
are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and
151 bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment, or by any other name.

152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3

153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12


BLASTING AGENT
154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives
CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)
CELLULOSE

156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate PYROXYLIN


COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
157 Materials easily set on fire
INFLAMMABLE
COMBUSTIBLE
158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.) FIBER
COMBUSTIBLE
159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F) LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below


CURTAIN BOARD
161 the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several
compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
CRYOGENIC
162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.
DAMPER
163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.
DISTILLATION
164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance
DUCT SYSTEM
165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air
DUST
166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a
167 Electrical Arc
space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember

169 Active principle of burning Fire

170 Building unsafe in case of fire Fire Trap


Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of
171 Fire alarm
presence/danger of fire
172 Fire resistive door Fire Door

330/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, FIRE HAZARD
173
safeguarding of life & property.
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units. Fire Lane

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke FIRE PROTECTIVE &
detectors, warning system) FIRE SAFETY
175
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves) DEVICE

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of FIRE SAFETY
176 building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and CONSTRUCTIONS
safe evacuation of people.
177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint

178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension Forging

179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion Fulminate


HAZARDOUS
manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or OPERATIONS/PROC
180
explosions. ESS

Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in HORIZONTAL EXIT
181
approximately same floor level.
182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX

183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
184 Rocket or liquid propellant
INDUSTRIAL BAKING
Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain
185 & DRYING
salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER
OCCUPANCY
187 Intended use/purpose of a building
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease
188 OCCUPANT
contract/permission with the owner/administrator

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible
189 Organic Peroxide
material under condition of high temperature.

Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical


190 Overloading
system.
191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Owner
OXIDIZING
192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FORC
Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which ED DRAFT BURNING
193
includes fans for introduction of air. EQUIPMENT

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble BUILDING

195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way
PYROPHORIC
196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining
SELF-CLOSING
198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire. DOORS
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Smelting
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically
200 Sprinkler system
discharges water when activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where STANDPIPE SYSTEM
201
water is made available to outlets as needed.

331/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

VESTIBULE
202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building
VERTICAL SHAFT
203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building
AUTOMATIC FIRE
Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent SUPPRESSION
204
actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire. SYSTEM

205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Boiling Point


206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Class A Fire
207 Flammable liquids and gases Class B Fire
208 Electrical Class C Fire
209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Class D Fire
COMBINATION
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use
210 STANDPIPE
of Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.
COMBUSTIBLE
FIBER LOOSE
211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.
HOUSE

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are


212 Dip Tank
immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE
Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and
214 MAGAZINE
ammunition
FIRE ALERTING
Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general
215 SYSTEM
alarm to prevent panic
FIRE PROTECTIVE
An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire
216 ASSEMBLY
(dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)

FIRE RESISTANCE
217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test RATING

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4
218 FireWall
hours and structurally stable.

219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating

220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT

HAZARDOUS FIRE
Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth
221 AREA
that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.
HIGHRISE BUILDING
222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to MEANS OF EGRESS
223
a public way.
Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or
224 OccupantLoad
portions thereof.
Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic) w/c when spread on surface becomes ORGANIC COATING
225
protective and decorative finish.
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which
PANIC HARDWARE
226 when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a
building, structure or facility.
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or PICKING ROOMS
227
groups.
Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air
228 plenum
distribution system.

332/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


SMOKE DEVELOPED
229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time. RATING

1 HOUR FIRE
230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS RESISTANCE
RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more RESISTANCE
RATING
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS
INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants)
232 15 m
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot 90%


Inside Lot 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor 200 kilograms per sq.m Minimum
233 2nd Floor 150 kilograms per sq.m Requirements for
*minimum Group A Dwellings
Roof Wind Load 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width 750mm
Rise 200mm
Run 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit

min. horizontal dimension not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a Size & Dimensions of
234
street or yard, or by a passageway 1.20m min. Courts
a. Natural Ventilation min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235 2nd storey 2.40m Ceiling Heights
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine min. of 1.80m

1. Rooms for Human Habitations 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)


2. Kitchens 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m) Size and Dimension
236
3. Bath & Toilet 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m) of Rooms

1. School Rooms 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person Air Space
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices 12.00 cu.m of air space per person; Requirements in
237
3. Habitable rooms 14.00 cu.m of air space per person. Determining the Size
of Rooms
eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side &
238 rear property lines / sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas Location on Property
of walls
239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings
a. Ventilation or vent shafts horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter
height of shaft
240 Vent Shafts
b. Air Ducts 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm

1. Office, Administrative purposes not < 3 changes of air per hour


2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens not < 10 changes of air per hour
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute Minimum Reqts in
241
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, Air Changes
supplied each person

333/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


a. Footings at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not >
300mm beyond Property line.
Projection into Alleys
242 b. Foundations not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public
or Streets
sidewalk areas

243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade Arcades

a. Definition a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported


by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be
244 not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall Canopies (Marquees)
not < 3.00m
c. Construction incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

a. Definition a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be
retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance Movable Awnings or
245
Awning to curb line not < 300mm Hoods
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) not < 2.40m

not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project
246 Doors & windows
beyond PL except fire exit doors

a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner
Chaflan Corner Bldgs. with
247
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m Chaflans

a. Temporary walkway 1.20m wide (during construction


248 b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m Temporary Walkway

a. Railings street side of the sidewalk at least 1m in height


b. Fences not < 2.40m above grade Pedestrian
249
c. Canopies 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m. Protection

a. Removal protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no


250 3o days
longer required.
1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions
251 48 hrs.
w/in ______
Escalator draft curtain at least 200mm on all sides
Automatic Sprinklers provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft Enclosure of Vertical
252
curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center Openings

1. Access not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2. Area Separation enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided
Roof Construction
253 into horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-
and Covering
extinguishing system.

334/521
PREPARED BY:
1. Number of Exits ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Above 1st storey 10 occupant 2 exits
Mezzanine 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension 2 exits
500-999 3 exits STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
2. Exits if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the
perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits w/o sprinkler 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more
occupant load
b. Double acting doors view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening 90
degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant
load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant
load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
254 c. Winding Stairways narrower side of the thread 150mm 300mm
d. Circular Stairways used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings straight run max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps width 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < hour fire
resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles
shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not >
45.00m
2. Shall
a. Exit doors clear widthw/
be constructed 1.70m
metalifframes
30 seats bet aisles
Except Group and 1m distance
A and J. Glass of
is seat back
set an to
angle
back
of < 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the
c. Slope max of 1:8
roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass not exceed 625mm
255 - corrugated wire glass - 1.5m Skylights
- glass no wired 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass if ridge doesnt exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area
have wire mesh

1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc.
w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10
Fire-Extinguishing
256 or assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are
Systems
more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

335/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1. Construction and Test shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to


withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure
2. Size 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is
950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections: b. Dry Standpipes
257 2 way 100mm dry standpipe for bldgs. w/ 4 or
3 way 125mm more storeys
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2
way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per
sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above
the floor.
258 3. Water Supply street main not < 100mm in diameter c. Wet Standpipes
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm
connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Building Permits
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
(Exceptions)
3. Window Grilles
259 a. Minor
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
Constructions:
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.


2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows 2. Building Permits
260 5. Replacement of flooring (Exceptions)
6. Perimeter fence & walls b. Repair
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise


Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self
supporting outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
4. Wall Signs not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/
261 Signs
combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the
pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

336/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line &
the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width
separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk
262 Arcades & Sidewalks
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not
exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement,
1. Location of Poles
7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk
and Clearances of
263 1.2. Secondary Lines min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road
Power Lines along
pavement
Public Roads.
2. Clearance of
a. Fire Hydrants not < 5m Supporting
264 b. Curbs not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway Structures such as
Poles, Towers and
others
a. Clearances Over Roof Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of 3. Clearance of
265
roofs Service Drops

4.1 New Building load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less
Provisions for
266 than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface
Transformer Vaults
constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm.
Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings


5.1.1. Size not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the
net are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
267 Ventilation Openings
5.1.2. Drainage vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided
w/ drain

6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor
268 Capacitors
rating

1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom
of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype
elevators.
269 1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm Elevators
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger
elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.

337/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall
270 not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. Escalators
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located
outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the
boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at
least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
Boilers & pressure
271 3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding
Vessels
water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of
water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety
valves are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60
MPM temperature at an air movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be
Refrigeration and Air
272 provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.
Conditioning
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the
floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be
used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an 5. Water pumping for
273
overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered. Bldg./Structures
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank unfired pressure vessel

6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes
may be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure White
Exhaust System Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping Green
274 Pipings
Oil Division Delivery Brass or Bronze
Discharge Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes Black
Fittings - Black

275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence

338/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway
4.2 Railings not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street
and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
276 Canopy
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its
length

5. Protective
277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas
Nets/Screen

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the
use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway
shall be allowed
6. Walkways &
278 6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
Railings
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings not < 1m in height

7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its 7. Precautionary
279
length Measures

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles 8. Storage of
280
exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back. Materials

9.1 All buildings 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.


9.2 In every construction at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or
dry fire extinguisher.
281 9. Fire Protection
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such
hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.

10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be 10. Sanitation & First
282
provided w/ a physician/nurse. Aid
11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors average light intensity not < 2 foot
candles. 11. Temporary Light
283
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used 5 foot candles. & Power

284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height


13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/
handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level
of such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide. 13. Ladders &
285
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days. Temporary Stairways
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm
nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not <
762mm long

14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks


14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, 14. Runways &
286
runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart Ramps
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings

339/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.


15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the
end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to
287 Scaffolds
sustain @ least 6 times the max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used
for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the
288 edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm. Floor Openings
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate
rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not
more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs.
per meter 17. Guard Rails & Toe
289
17.2 Toe Boards shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Boards
Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart,
Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.

18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition
operations w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matls
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290 18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the 18. Chutes
upper side
18.5 Openings into matls/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor

Private Open Space Requirements


% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road)
50% 25% Private Open Space
291
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15% Requirements
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of
seashores, etc) 5% 5%

unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and
unobstructed from the ground upward.
a. Inner court bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open
space
c. Through court bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite
sides bounded by other open space.
292 Courts
Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may
reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2
storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like
triangular shall be < 3.00m
Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the
rate of 300mm

340/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings


ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m 8m 3m
293
20-24m 6m
10-19m 4m 2m
Below 10m 2m

2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use
2. Parking
& 50% of each of the non-dominant
294 Requirement
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises
Computation:

2.40x5.00m
perpendicular or
295 Average automobile parking size diagonal,
2.00x6.00m for
parallel
Min of 3.60m by
296 Truck or bus
12.00m

1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots
not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer
area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
Parking & Loading
297 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
Space Requirements
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator
area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and
storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant

1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character


2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
QUALIFICATIONS OF
298 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
BUILDING OFFICIAL
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction

1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Exemptions of Bldg.
299 Dwellings native materials
Permit
Cost doesnt exceed P15,000

341/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Null & Void not commenced in a period of 1 year


Validity of Building
300 Abandoned work for 120 days
Permits

National Building
301 P.D.. 1096
Code

302 Maximum height of a combustible stand. 2.70 mts.

303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.

304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle. 45.00 mts.

305 Maximum slope of an aisle. One is to Eight (1:8)

306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.

307 Minimum width of any seat. 0.45 mtr.

1,300 sqmm / 1.30


308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.
sqm.

309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway. 0.70 mtr.

310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf. 1.20 mts.

311 Minimum width of an exit corridor. 1.10 mts.

Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of
312 2
more than 10

313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999. 3

314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain 0.30 mtr.

315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm

316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.

317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.

318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques. Ga. 18

319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade. 300 mm

342/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway. 300 mm

321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace. 200 mm

322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room. 2

323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof. 600 mm

324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm

325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors. 12.5 mm

326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.

327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3

328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr

329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair. 0.28 mtr.

330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.

331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.

332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle. 1.70 mts.

333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits. 10.70 lux

334 Minimum width of side aisles. 1.10 mts.

335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter. 30 mm

336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area

338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area

339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court

340 Minimum stair width for a residence. 750 mm / 0.75 mtr.

343/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

341 Standard minimum area of a toilet. 1.20 sqm.

342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen. 1.50 mts.

343 Minimum area for vent shafts. 1.00 sqm.

344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.

345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.

346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and
347 300 mm
at least 2.40 mts. In depth.

348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.

350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway. 1.20 mts.

351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback

353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court. 2.00 mts.

354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.

355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.

356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine. 1.80 mts.

357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum

358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area

359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft. 0.60 mtr.

360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm

361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.

344/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

362 Minimum height of a construction fence. 2.40 mts.

363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.

364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction. 1.00 mtr.

365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.

366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.

367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.

368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.

369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing. 1.20 mts.

370 Maximum slope of an exit court. One is to ten (1:10)

371 Minimum width of run for circular stair. 250 mm

372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair. 2.00 mts.

373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway. One is to Eight (1:8)

374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground. 1.20 m

375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.

376 Minimum number of exit for any stage. 2

377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.

378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress. 750 mm

379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies. 5.60 mm

380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies. 1.20 mts.

381 Minimum width of exit in a stage. 900 mm

382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights. 2.50 mts.

345/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

383 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show window

384 Maximum width of a business sign. 1.20 mts.

385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.

386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area

387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step. 300 mm

388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)

389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair. 2

390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair. 1.50 mts.

1:125 sqm. Of gross


391 Office building parking ratio.
floor area

392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot. 2.40 X 5.00 mts.

393 Hotel building parking ratio. 1:10 bedrooms

394 Hospital building parking ratio. 1:25 beds

395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.

396 Colleges and university parking ratio. 1:5 classrooms

1:50 sqm. Of
397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.
spectators' area

Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for
398 4
auditoriums.

399 Minimum width of a dropped curb. 0.90 mtr.

400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator. 1.10 X 1.40 mts.

401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.

402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.

403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator. 0.80 mtr.

346/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.

405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.

406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.

407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential) 200 mm

408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.

409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation. 6.00 sqm.

410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation. 2.00 mts.

411 Least dimension of an air duct. 300 mm

Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below


412 500 mm
the grade line.

413 Minimum width of an exit door. 0.90 mts.

414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm

415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.

416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants. 750 mm

417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm

418 Minimum run of a winding stair. 150 mm

419 Maximum run of a winding stair. 300 mm

420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step. 5 mm

421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail. 3.00 mts.

422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides. 1.00 mts.

423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7

424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm

347/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

425 Maximum width of seat in a stand. 480 mm

426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts

427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)

428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials. 100 mm

429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm

430 Minimum firebox wall thickness. 250 mm

431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls. 150 mm

432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm

433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4

434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute

435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)

436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)

437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)

438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute

439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe. 2" (50mm)

440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening. 2 1/2" (63mm)

441 Standard length of a fire hose. 23.00 mts

442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.

443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve. 38 mm (11/2")

444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.

445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.

348/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days

448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.

449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm

450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade. 6.00 mts.

451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk. 1/3 - 1/4

452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when
453 10.00 mts.
crossing the highway.

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along
454 7.5 mts.
the side of the highway.

455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.

456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.

457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.

458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter. 3,861 sqcms.

Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which
459 3.00 mts.
they might be reached.

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its
460 3.00 mts.
point of attachment to than building or pedestal.

461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.

462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter. 277 kgs.

463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac. 3.00 mts.

464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings. 28.00 sqm.

465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels. 18.6 sqm.

466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.

349/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.

468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.

469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.

470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.

471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria. 8.40 sqm.

472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.

473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.

474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.

475 Parking requirement for Hotels. 1 slot/5 rooms

Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, 1 slot/50 sqm. Of
476
and the like. spectators' area

477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units

478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit

479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units

1 slot/100 sqm of
480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.
gross flr.area

481 Parking requirement for motels. 1 slot/unit

1 slot/50 parking
482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.
slots

483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities. 1 slot/5 classrooms

484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms

485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor. 1.20 mts.

486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street. 1:20

487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb. 1:12

350/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts. 12.00 mts.

489 Maximum slope of a ramp. 1:12

490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.

491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled. 1.50 mts.

492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.

493 Preferred height of switches from the floor. 1.10 mts.

494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor. 0.90 mts.

495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor. 1.20 mts.

496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.

497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail. 0.70 mtr.

498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair. 6.00 mts.

499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs. 1.50 mts.

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated
500 Dwelling unit
to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
501 Footing
to the ground or soil.

502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Course

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one
503 Apartment
family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food
504 Barbecue
preparation.

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
505 Balcony
1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.

506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
507 Fireplace
which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls
508 Girder
over opening.

351/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of


509 Helistop
helicopters is permitted.

The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional


510 Suportales
type of construction.

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction


511 Vault
intended for the storage of valuables.

512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall

513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.

514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.

515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any


516 120 days / 4 mos.
time after commencement for a period of.

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall
517 8.00 mts.
have a minimum width of

518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road
519 3.00 mts.
directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
less than how many millimeters in width?
Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the
521 horizontal clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the 500 mm
arcade shall not be less than.
Business and
522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
mercantile

523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial

Residentials, hotels
524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
and apartments.

Storage and
525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
hazardous

526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Institutional

527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.

528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is. 1:12

529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the
1.80 mts.

352/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1.80 mts.
530 top and bottom of any ramp.

531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional

Residentials, hotels
532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?
and apartments.

Business and
533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?
mercantile

534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial

535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory

536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot

537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.

Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200
538 20%
meters of structure.

1/50 sqm of gross


539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.
floor area

1/150 sqm of
540 Parking requirement for markets.
shopping flr area

1/100 sqm of
541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.
shopping flr area

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit
542 1/living unit
area.

543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units

1/50 sqm of
544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.
congregation are

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6
545 0.60 mtr.
mts.

546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.

547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.

548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.

549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory

Storage and
550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?
hazardous

353/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using


551 Industrial
incombustible and non-explosive materials.

Storage and
552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?
hazardous

Business and
553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?
mercantile

554 Standard length of a Wheelchair. 1.10 - 1.30 mts.

555 Standard width of a wheelchair. 0.60 - 0.75 mts.

How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a
556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.
wheelchair.

How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for
557 0.74 mts.
wheelchair users.

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are
558 Safety
the basic planning requirements of BP344.

559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300. 4

Magna Carta for


560 R.A. 7277
Disabled Persons

561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms. Corridor

562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563 standards and requirements which is the minimum

564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565 an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than 1.20 mts

566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts

567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%

568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is 20%

569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570 to the face of the building is 2.00 mts

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of 5.00 mts

354/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than 3.00 mts

573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
business &
574 occupancy classification?
mercantile
Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575 sidewalk 3.00 mts

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
576 20%
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577 worldwide practice follow the System International

578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm

579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580 many? 1.80 mts

581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of 2.00 mts

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot? 80%

584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional

585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification? industrial

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room? 10%

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length? 6.00 mts.

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of? 1/5.

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of 14 cu. mts.

591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than? 185 sm.

355/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units? 5 units

594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm

595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2

business &
596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification
mercantile
Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification? storage & hazardous

residential, hotels
598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
and apartments

599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
600 classification?

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an
601 3.00 mts.
access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of

602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be 8 mts.

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of 120 days

605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2

606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2

607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
business &
608 classification?
mercantile

residential, hotels &


609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
apartments
Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
610 classification? storage & hazardous

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses? 50%

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at 2.40 mts.

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of 3.00 mts.

356/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to

Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening
615 10%
equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?

616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.

617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2

618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy
619 a building or a portion thereof at any one time is occupant load

620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.

Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum
621 2.50m x 5.00m
_________

622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m

623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m

624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m

625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m

626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley 1 car : 4 alley

627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital 1 car : 12 beds

628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space

629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space

Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and
630 1.80m
below it.

631 What is the minimum Kitchen size? 3.00m2

632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m

633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space

357/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space

635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath? 0.90m

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less
636 2.40m
than __________ measured from the floor to ceiling.

637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance
638 30 m.
and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.

639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m

640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6

641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway? 2 or more

A bar which extends across at least the width of each door leaf, which will open the
642 Panic hardware
door if subjected to pressure.

643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Alter / Alteration

644 Contractors License law RA 4566

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well
645 Building Officials
as the enforcement of orders?

646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe
647 Redevelopment
for habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the
648 establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structures tower Podium
component.

649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave. Headstone

650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building? 16 up storey

651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building? 1 5 Storey

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not
652 Courtyard
exceed 50% of the area of the yard.

653 What pipe color is for Hot Water? Yellow

358/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

654 What pipe color is for Cold Water? Green

The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the
655 30 degree
horizontal.

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than
656 38 m./min.
__________ meters per minute.

657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________ 20 deg C 24 deg C

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully
658 compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the 600 mm.
underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey

. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over
660 1.50m
14.00 meters

661 Water Code of the Philippines PD 1067

662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m

663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________ 560mm

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the
664 200mm
RROW?

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of
665 800mm
not less than _________ in width.

666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac? 9.15 m.

667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm

What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of


668 820mm x 1000mm
egress?

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
669 400mm
clearance of __________ above the roof.

670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00

What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and
671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
above?

672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm

673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space

359/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space

675 Roof The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and
676 250mm & 600mm
shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near
677 50.00m
major intersections?

678 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show Window

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and
679 become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced 12 months
within a period of _________

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if


680 30 days
after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the
682 Arcade
first-storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
683 Footing
to the soil or the pile.

All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
684 Foundation
structure rests.

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls
685 Girder
over opening.

The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of


686 Helistop
helicopters is permitted.

687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall

The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
688 Lintel
construction above.

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than
689 5
__________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo

691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal. Soffit

692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall

The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an


693 Curtain Wall
enclosing wall between piers.

360/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating
694 4
capacity?

695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body. Anthropometrics

696 An exit, or a means of going out. Egress

697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m

698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.

699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m

700 The Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of
701 1:20
__________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.

702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________ 0.90m

703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 1:12

704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m

705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________ 2.00 mts

Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of
706 0.10 m
__________

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be
707 0.35 m
greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate
708 because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within Slum
the area.

709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans? 4.00m

Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________
710 1.80m
depth and a 1.50m width.

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall
711 6.00m
provided with landing not less than 1.50m

712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m

713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m

361/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard Bureau of Product
714
specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry. Standards

715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2

716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building /
717 200
structure within __________ meter radius.

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use
718 1 car : 2 units
condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 40 m2?

In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of
719 30 cm.
__________cm 50 cm

In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height
720 25 mm.
above the road or gutter.

721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction

formulate guidelines
Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public
722 on land-use planning
Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?
and zoning

723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction
does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction
724 I & IV
is suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six
months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::

Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building errors found in plans
725
permit? and specifications

certificate of
726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?
occupancy

727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area

728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use

729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.

What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially
730 2.10 m.
ventilated?

362/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2

732 An off premise sign. advertising sign

733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 1:50

734 When means of exit is insufficient. Fire Hazard

Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or
735 Addition
structure.

736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building. Concersion

737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition

738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____ 20-23 centigrade

739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach
740 Air Trans. Office
and departure zones of airports?

741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit

742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water

743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 1:12

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed
744 objects such as buildings and Building Codes
nonbuilding structures.

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the
745 provision of the code in the field Building official
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two
terraced flats or row houses so
746 Party Walls
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls
built at different times.
Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner
association for preliminary
747 Local Ordinances
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of
permits.

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for


748 GA 26
downspouts.

749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.

363/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable


750 0.90 mtr.
window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3

Required number of water closets for males for an


752 2
auditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving


753 1
10-50.

Required number of water closets for females for a


754 4
theater serving 51-100.

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary


755 1:30
and secondary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population for


756 1:25
elementary and secondary school.

757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 1:75

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal


758 1:75
Worship Places.

Minimum required number of water closets for female for


759 4
office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to


760 poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of 1:5
occupants

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the


761 600 mm
car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and


762 30 mm
counterweight rope.

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an


763 558 mm
escalator.

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator


764 38 Meters/Min
along the angle of travel.

765 Defining open space in residential subdivision PD 1296

Home Insurance &


A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake
766 Guarantee
low and middle income mass housing production
Corporation (HIGC)

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from


lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
767 minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof Firewall; fireblock
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?

364/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. PD 957

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that


have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
769 CPD Provider
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?

770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium


771 Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may 100 meters
meters away from the building it serves?

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving


772 Class B Fire
flammable liquids and gasses?

773 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.

774 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.

775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.

776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.

777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.

778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.

779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4

780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.

781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.

782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.

783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14

784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7

785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.

786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.

787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.

788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.

365/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.

790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3

791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.

792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.

793 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.

794 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.

795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.

796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.

797 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.

798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms

799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor

800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.

803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.

804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.

807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.

808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3

809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300

810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler
811 system for institutional use.
30 mts.

812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.

366/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.

814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public
815 assembly building.
91 cms.

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public
816 assembly building.
1.00 mtr.

817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.

818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.

819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.

821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.

822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.

823 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.

824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
825 occupancy.
Assembly

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
826 occupancy
Assembly

827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business

828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.

829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building

830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of
831 an air distribution system.
Plenum

832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate

833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric

834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material

835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile
836 parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified Distillation
substance.

367/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will
837 cause an explosion.
Dust

838 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B

840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point

841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.

842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to
843 form an ignitable mixture with air.
Flash Point

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents
844 or other pests.
Fumigant

845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.

846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.

847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.

848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.

849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.

850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.

851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.

852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.

853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a
854 balcony.
20.5 cms.

855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.

856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.

857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.

858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20

859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.

860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.

368/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25
861 cms in dimension.
25 mm

862 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.

863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is
864 known as.
Fire resistance rating

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid
865 drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
Cryogenic

866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.

867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly

868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional

869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business

870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial

871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile

872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.

873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1

874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.

875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.

876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.

877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.

878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.

879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.

880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.

881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.

882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.

883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.

884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.

369/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.

886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.

887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.

888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%

889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit

890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.

891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.

892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.

894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.

895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other
897 similar materials.
Class D

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and
898 plastics.
Class A

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
899 immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
Dip Tank

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of


extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering Automatic Fire
900 standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area Suppression System
protected.

901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress

902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.

903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly

904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business

905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.

906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.

370/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees
909 Celsius?
60 oC

910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.

911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.

912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%

913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.

914 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the
915 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
76.25 mts.

916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.

917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.

918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of
920 how many square meters?
465 sqm.

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more
921 than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Hotel

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom
922 facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment,

923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3

924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12

925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386

926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544

927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP RA 0545

928 Sanitary Engineering Law RA 1364

929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber RA 1378

930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law RA 1582

931 Contractor's License Law RA 4566

371/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

932 Condominium Act RA 4726

933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC) RA 6541

934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons RA 7277

935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992 RA 7279

936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines RA 8293

937 Interior Design Law RA 8534

938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000 RA 8981

939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000 RA 9053

940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004) RA 9266

941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973) PD 0223

942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums PD 0957

943 National Building Code PD 1096

944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977) PD 1151

945 Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185

946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions PD 1216

947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning PD 1308

948 Government Infrastructure Contracts PD 1594

949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros PD 1616

950 Economic and Socialized Housing BP 220

951 Accessibility Law BP 344

952 set offs explosives BLASTING AGENT

CELLULOSE
953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material
NITRATE

954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base PYROXYLIN

COMBUSTIBLE
955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F
LIQUID

372/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID

957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings CRYOGENIC

958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER

959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION

960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current ELECTRIC ARC

961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned EMBER

962 active principle of burning FIRE

963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT

964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING

965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion FULMINATE

966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL

OXIDIZING
967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion
MATERIAL

968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC

969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING

970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING

971 interior lot 50%

972 inside lot 20%

973 corner/through lots 10%

974 3 sides public open space 5%

975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW 3.50%

976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW 7%

977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE 9%

978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100 30%

979 minimum size of pocket parks 100 sqm

373/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

980 potable water supply per capita per day 43 li.

981 if independent from the developer 75 li

982 far away from pollution or source of contamination 25 mts.

983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT

984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing SLOPE

985 minimum lot area- single detached 72 sqm

986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot 54 sqm

987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse 36 sqm

988 minimum lot frontage- single detached 8m

989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot 6m

990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse 3.5 m

991 maximum block length 250 m

992 provide an alley 250 up to 400 m

993 maximum block length provided by an alley 150 m

994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk 100 m

995 height limitation 2 STOREY

996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts 2.00 m

997 minimum size of passageway or street 1.20 m

998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm

999 minimum ceiling heights 2.00 m

1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine 1.80 m

1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in % 50%

1002 minimum door clear height 2.00 m

1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m

374/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1004 opening of main door .80 m

1005 service door/bedroom .70 m

1006 bathroom .60 m

1007 window opening and floor area 10 % opening

1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom 1 over 20

1009 stairway clear width .60 m

1010 maximum riser height .25 m

1011 minimum tread width .20 m

1012 headroom clearances 2.00 m

1013 maximum height between landings 3.60 m

1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail 4 steps

1015 handrail measurement .80 m - 1.20 m

1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall 38 mm

1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side 150 mm

1018 maximim variation in tread and risers 5 mm

1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder 1.80 m

1 light and 1 conv.


1020 electrical requirements
outlet

1021 2 units abut each other is re required of 4" thk fireblock

1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential 25%

1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units 4.00 m

1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5

1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m

1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m

1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m

375/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m

1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m

1030 minimum parking requirement 1 for every 20 units

1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm

1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less .80 m

1033 for every additional occupant load of 25 plus .15 m

1034 maximum exit of travel 45.00 m

1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher 60.00 m

1036 maximum dead end corridors 12 m

1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor 25%

1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%

1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units .90 m

1040 maximum landing width; equal to run 1.20 m

1041 with 3.00 m width of stair one handrail

1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width two handrails

1043 above the nosing or tread .80 m - 1.00 m

1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey 24.00 m

1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell

1046 headroom clearances 2.00 m

1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials 25 years

1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY

1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK

1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING

1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK

376/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL

1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL

1054 shall cover of each phase 10 hectares

1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse 50 sqm

1056 min. lot sizes duplex 150 sqm

1057 min. lot sizes single detached 100 sqm

1058 Frontage Model A and B 10 m

1059 Frontage Model C 8m

1060 Frontage irregular lot 6m

1061 Frontage rowhouse 4m

1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block 4.00 m

1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength 400 m

1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065 dwelling unit (household) 40 sqm

1066 occupancy unit (single) 31 sqm

1067 parking slot 1 slot / unit

1068 not more than the building it serves 100 m

50 sqm/10 units 3
1069 parks and playground
sqm/additional unit

1070 4 floors optional

1071 5-6 floors 1 elevator

1072 7 floors and up 2 elevators

1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm

1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE

1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall ALCOVE

377/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate


1076 CURB CUT OUT
mobility of wheelchair

1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP

1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP

1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street SIDEWALK

a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor
1080 THRESHOLD
materials meet

1081 an exterior passage for walking along WALKWAY

1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety 1.20 m

1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces 1.50 m

1084 maximum distance between restop 3.00 m

1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair 1.20 m

1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule 3.00 m

1087 structural opening of door entrances 1.00 m

1088 clear opening of door entrances .80 m

1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet 1.70 m x 1.80 m

1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator 1.10 m x 1.40 m

1091 minimum width of door elevator .80 m

1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m

1093 maximum gradient of ramp 1:12

1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp 6.00 m

1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp 1.50 m

1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m

1097 handrail level on both edges .70 and .90

1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp .30 m

1099 height of curbs in a ramp 50 mm

378/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1100 parking slot width 3.70 m

1101 maximum height of tresholds 2.5 mm

1102 provision of one fountain 1 for 2,000 sqm

1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m

1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones 1.50 m x 1.50 m

1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth 1.10 m

1106 clear opening of telephone booths .80 m

1107 regular buses 5 seats

1108 air conditioned bus 4 seats

1109 passenger trains 6 seats

1110 passenger airplanes 2 seats

1111 4-50 seating capacity 2 seats

1112 51-300 seating capacity 4 seats

1113 301-500 seating capacity 6 seats

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him
1114 BUILDING PERMIT
proceed with the construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place
1115 CONSTRUCTION
of components of a building or structure

1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON

1117 installation of all components of a building or structure ERECTION


construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used
1118 partitioning, location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment ALTERATION
but does not increase its overall area thereof
any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its
1119 RENOVATION
aesthetic quality
a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has
1120 CONVERSION
different requirement
remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original
1121 REPAIR
condition
the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position
1122 MOVING
to another, either on the same lot or to either one

1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part DEMOLITION

379/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to ANCILLARY
1124
that of the main building BUILDING

380/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

381/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Defining open space in residential subdivision


1 PD 1296

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income
Home Ins. & Guarantee
2 mass housing production
Corp. (HIGC)

Actual Cost + 10%


3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner
(profit,overhead & tax)

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial
4 capability of program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279). Affordable Cost

5 Architectural programming is one of the architects services that falls under Pre design

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities


6 Burst node

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of
7 Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Project Management

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


8 Cost Records

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, &
9 with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture; Consulting Architect

10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the
11 project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish 98%
outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular
architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these
12 UAP doc. 202
services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13 3 months

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.


14 PD 957

This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural
Post Construction
15 Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services.
Services

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on
16 Performance Bond
the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is


17 1 slot/ family dwelling

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is


18 allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves? 100 meters

383/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the
19 provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made City Engineer
pursuant thereto

Contract Documents shall be the property of the


20 Architect

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the
21 contract. Special Provisions

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architects
22 approval Contractor / 2

are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials,


23 Specifications
methods, or systems.

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for
24 Open Specifications
materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties.
25 Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the Closed Specifications
specs writter or the architect

specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be Brand Name
26
used for each specific work. Specifications

Combination
27 Combines two or more techniques.
Specifications

Division 01 General Requirements


Division 02 Site Construction
Division 03 Concrete
Division 04 Masonry
Division 05 Metals
Division 06 Wood and Plastics
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division of Master
Division 08 Doors and Windows
28 Format Specifications
Division 09 Finishes
(1995 - Nov 2004)
Division 10 Specialties
Division11 Equipment
Division 12 Furnishings
Division 13 Special Construction
Division 14 Conveying Systems
Division 15 Mechanical
Division 16 Electrical

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language


as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing CSI - Construction
29
in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP). Specification Institute

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information
for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and Master Format
30
section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information Specifications
about a facilitys construction requirements and associated activities

384/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Classes
A wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B flammable liquid and gases
31 Classes of Fire
C fire involving energized electrical equipment
D involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe

33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected Plenum

34 neutralize or remove a fire hazard Abatement

35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke Damper

the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when
36 Flash Point
exposed to flame

37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device Jumper

38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower

39 not allowed as a form of escape Fire escape ladders

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised


paid illegal amount in the application Grounds for
40 impersonation suspension and
aided an illegal practice revocation of license

develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized
housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross
41 BP 220
family income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling
units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection PD 957

43 defining open space PD 1216

44 Condominium act RA 4726

385/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the
mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in R.A. 7279 - Urban
resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic Development and
45
services, and employment opportunities; Housing Act
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the
following:

Environmental Impact Statement


prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects
the quality of the environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be
implemented; P.D. 1151 - Philippine
46 alternative to the proposed action; Environmental Policy
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are
consistent with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the
same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding
must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.

47 Philippine Environmental Code PD 1152

a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project
except the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
48 Project Manual
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications

invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements
49

supplements to bid
bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions
50 forms

agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond,


contract forms
51 certificates of insurance

general and
general conditions supplementary
52
conditions

(also called closed), specifies brand names, product,


proprietary specification the most restrictive Prescriptive
53
approved equal language, Specification

(also called open), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the
choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
Performance
54 descriptive like a recipe to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
Secification
reference standard reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC

386/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

complete, accurate and unambiguous


up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
use standards than can be measured
55 Writing Specifications
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid and/or, etc.,
keep it short

56 one general contractor single prime contract

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors
57 multiple prime contract
favor this but make coordination difficult

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and
58 many prime contracts
specs are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process

graphic presentation of work to be done


59 Drawings

written and verbal description of work


60 Specifications

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds,
General Conditions
61 correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated


62 damages, payment Agreement

changes before contract execution addenda


63

changes after contract execution


64 Modifications

Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making


sure it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for Construction
65
payments and administers the project closeout procedure Administration

illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work,
66 shop drawings
very detailed

physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and
67 Sample
workmanship

68 brochure, charts, instructions Product data

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time.
69 Change Orders
Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

when the building is made ready for occupancy


70 Project Closeout

387/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion

72 a result of architects inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected punchlist

Housing and Urban


Development
73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc
Coordinating Council
(HUDCC)

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of Housing and Land Use
74 urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental Regulatory Board
protection (HLURB)

Home Development
75 provident savings fund for housing Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)

National Home
generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market
76 Mortgage and Finance
system
Corporation (NHMFC)

National Housing
77 undertake housing development and resettlement
Authority (NHA)

National Housing
78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials
Corporation (NHC)

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo


Gardiner
National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master
buildings were registered as architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
History of Archl.
79 1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
Organization in Phils.
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

responsibilities toward the public


constructive civic service
architects
preservation of heritage
responsibilities in
uphold interest of its professional organization
80 relation to
abide by the code of ethical conduct
people
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement

388/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

introduce oneself by sample (no free design)


ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
architects
explain character of estimate
responsibilities in
consider needs and stipulation of the client
81 relation to
charge the client
Client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)


architects
architects error should not be absorbed by the contractor
responsibilities in
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
82 relation to
not accept free engineering services or other freebies that would make him obligated
Contractor
promptly act on request for payments

architects
no freebies responsibilities in
83 avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame relation to
agents, dealers

no free architects services except small civic and charitable projects


not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
architects
not invade or conquer another architects project
responsibilities in
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
relation to
84 not maliciously talk about another architect
colleagues &
protect ones name from being used maliciously
subordinates
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association

feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or


85 analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing) Pre-Design

schematic design, design development, contract document, construction


86 Design

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning


Specialized Allied
87 (starts with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan)

implements construction Design-Build


88 hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts by administration

involves the use of a revolving fund


savings and excesses are shared with conditions Design Build by
50/50 split on savings guaranteed maximum
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.

full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractors work, record keeping)


construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality
90 Construction Services
control and record keeping)

389/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)


building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations) Post Construction
91
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved) Services

Comprehensive
all in one
92 Architectural Services

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))


cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor,
this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profit
93 Compensation Method
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense

94 revised RA 6541 PD 1096

BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment


95 15 days

fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
Bldg. permit
96 drawings, specifications and estimates
Requirements
lot plan

permit becomes null and void if:


construction does not commence within _______
97 one year / 120 days
suspended/ abandoned for ________

no building can be occupied without such certificate Certificate of


98 no change in occupancy allowed Occupancy
issued within 30 days after final inspection

Type I - wood construction


Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
99 Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout Types of Construction
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive

100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without
collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or fire resistance rating
exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire

Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial Classification of
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Buildings by Use
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary

102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement mixed occupancy

390/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for 10% & 5 %
toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)

104 ceiling heights (min): (artificially ventilated)


2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m

105 if naturally ventilated


2.7m ceiling height

106 mezzanine
1.8m Ceiling height

min. sizes and dimension of rooms


107 6 m2 (least side 2m)
human habitation

108 Kitchen 3m2 (least side 1.5m)

109 bath/ toilet 1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)

110 installation in place erection

111 increasing height or area addition

changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without


112 alteration
increasing area

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics renovation

114 Change in use Conversion

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore repair

116 transfer of building or part moving

117 systematic dismantling demolition

118 secondary building ancillary

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.

of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or
120 bay or panel
division walls

391/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo

124 underside of a beam, lintel soffit

125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that
126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke automatic closing
detector.

three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge,
127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the egress system
building). These must lead to public way.

128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat
129 panic hardware
extends across at least of the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project


can be prepared in various phases of the architects regular design services
area method
130 detailed Estimates
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work,
they do not have control over the prices

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost

the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical
construction of the permanent facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132 Direct Cost
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the
133 InDirect Cost
orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract

inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part
135 Overhead
of the work

392/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope;
events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order) Contingencies
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in
conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material,
137 labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over Escalation
time.

earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted
138 Gross Profit
from sales of revenues

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit

estimated by quantities and pricing


140 Materials

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)


141 as a percentage of the cost of materials Labor

acquisition, depreciation, rental,


142 Equipment

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit

indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and
145 bar chart
dependencies

graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they
critical path method
146 must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest
(cpm)
possible finishing time

393/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

** 5 days means immediately


** 7 days NTP notice to proceed
** 10 days request for materials and drawings
notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days arbitration
** 90 days government stoppage
147 ** 120 days Building Permit (stoppage) Notes
** 365 days Building Permit (without construction)
3 consecutive board examination failures
guaranteed bond
reinstatement
** 3 years renewal of license
** 15 years liability of architect to his project

148 15 % of contract amount Performance Bond

15% of Contract amount


149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond Payment Bond

30% of contract amount


150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance Guarantee Bond

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%

substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue
152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during After 98%
period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services

Doc 202 Design services

Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services

Doc 204 Construction Services

153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services

Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services


Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation

Doc 209 Competition Code


Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

394/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40% Architects Fee
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200

PD 1185 Fire Code


PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law
155 Laws in Architecture
RA 545 The Architects Law

BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled


BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
or an equal approved by the architect
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product.
Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same
as a single product except that more than one product is used. no other brand will be
156 accepted Types of Specification
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description
specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name
specifications are open if the phrase or equal
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a
specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference
specification.

1. M-achines
2. M-oney
3. M-anpower
157 5 Ms of Construction
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes

1. R-eference Horizontal, Vertical


2. E-xcavation min. depth .60m until stable w/ signature of the Architect, must have
a permit
Important Milestones of
158 3. R-ebars
Construction
4. C-oncreting
5. F-inishes Mock up (samples)

395/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Schematic Design 15%
3. Design Devt - 15%
159 Architects Fee for RDS
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%

1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50% Architects Fee for SAS
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect

1. G-eneral Conditions Execution, Intent satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation


2. A-greement
3. S-pecifications Architectural Contract
161
4. S-pecial Provisions Documents
5. D-rawings

UAP degree of difficulty/complexity of design


FCP risk of occurrence of Fire PROJECT
162
NCP use and occupancy CLASSIFICATION

1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10%
(if residential proj.) + 7% = 17%
Design Build Services
163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost
Fee
a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client.
However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception
165 Building Permit
government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is


167 Contract
recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule

is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation
including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision
169 Adjudication
which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.

396/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there
be evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct
170 Mutual agreement
manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a
requirement.

is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises
171 Bilateral Contract,
to the other party.

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract

Implied in fact or
is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even
175 implied in law
though they have not done so expressly.

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means
176 for the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he Quasi-Contract
or she is not required to compensate the other.

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no Puff statement (sales
177
action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong talk):

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a


contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker
Representation
178 of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it
statement
cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a
misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the
179 Term Statement
person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material
181 Quantity Survey
for a project, not yet considering their cost.

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the
182 Productivity Estimates
productivity of the workers

is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each
183 Bill of Materials
item.

is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and
184 specifications of construction materials. Its aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use Value Engineering
of each material

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible.
185 Detailed Estimate
Each component are often described with specifications

397/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area,


186 Rough Estimate
volume, or bulk.

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages

189 The ____ ethically can order a change during construction anytime Owner

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally

The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the
192 contract The General Conditions

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared Instructions to Bidders

By Guaranteed
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
Maximum Cost

Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method


196 of compensation is: Salary

Percentage of Gross
197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:
monthly Rentals

Multiple of Direct
198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:
Personnel Expense

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture Private

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning PD 1308

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional


201 organization. UAP

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations PRC

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203 Owner

398/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee
204 or prevent Force Majeure

only after the approval


205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:
by the architect

The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct &
206 sense of moral values are formulated under the: UAP Doc. 200

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam: one

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install Provide

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate

214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for


215 substitution is: Close Specifications

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects Charitable

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project Architect

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractors bonds. Surety

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment

Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect
220 suspend work/terminated 10 days
contract?

b. Actual direct cost


The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the
221 plus 10 percent for
owner.
profit, overhead and tax

399/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on


222 the needs and financial capability of program beneficiaries and Affordable cost
appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that


223 Pre Design
falls under:

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more


224 Burst node
activities

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of


225 Technical Transfer
systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 Engineers and
226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to Architects Law Act no.
register as architects? 2986

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the


227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall Project Management
constitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds Cost Records
c. Cost Records
d. Payments

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and


229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise Consulting Architect
or specialization in any branch of architecture;

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the


architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230 98%
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

The Architect shall consider


the needs and stipulation of
the
Which of the following is NOT the architects responsibility in Contractor and the effect of
231 his work upon the life and
relation to the contractor?
well-being of
the public and community as
a whole

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager


performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232 UAP Doc 202
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?

Guarantee Bond equivalent to


40% of the Contract Price
The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is
233 covering
to be released except for: a period of one year after the
Final Acceptance of the Work.

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from


234 3 months
date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
Post-Construction
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
Services
architectural services.

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a


236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the Performance Bond
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.

400/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for


237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth Php 480,000.00
housing unit?

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the


238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as City Engineer
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to


suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination All of the above
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above

240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the Architect


It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &
241 Special Provisions
general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction


documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid Building Permit
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for


243 Contractor/2
the architects approval

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the


244 Project Representative
supervision of the work.

Contract documents
245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.
phase

246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services

Specialized allied
247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.
services

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside
248 10%
from his fee for regular design services.

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon
250 50%
submission of the final design.

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared
251 85%
by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert
252 PHP 500.00
witness shall be.

401/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal


256 Architect
liability for both the design and construction on the.

The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the
257 3 months
date of final payment.

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions

Schedule of material
259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.
and finishes

A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish


260 Quotation
materials, labor or both.

A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work
261 Certificate of payment
accomplished.

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in
262 Performance bond
accordance with the terms of the contract.

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration. 7%

265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration
267 2 months
of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr

How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final
269 30 days
inspection of the project.

A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged
270 Statute of Limitation
damage or injury.

402/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless
272 Statute of Frauds
there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period
273 Lease
of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5

Multiple of Direct
278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.
Personnel Expenses

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false. 1

Percentage of
280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.
Construction Cost

This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and
Multiple of Direct
281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied
Personnel Expenses
services.

This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, Percentage of
282
and lawyers. Construction Cost

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work
283 50 kms.
be located to allow reimbursable expenses.

This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on Professional Fee Plus
284
a series of projects. Expenses

The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of
285 Architect
the ___.

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3

Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final
288 Contractor
occupancy permit.

403/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the
289 lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the 1
contractor for such works?

Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and
290 Owner
benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of
291 the location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility Contractor
lines, and other similar works required by the contract.

292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor. 1-1.5%

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager. 1.5-3%

Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right-
294 (1/6)
of-way?

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to
295 2%
pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?

What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a
296 Civil Code
certain period of time.

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is Per Diem+Reimb.
297
required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.? Expenses

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper
299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee
works and is advantageous to both client and architect.

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager. 2-5%

If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the
301 Project Manager
Construction Manager?

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility
302 1
insofar as design and construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of
303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting Project Manager
cost and completion dates.

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek
304 Public / People
opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and
306 People / Public
years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

404/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made
308 Proposal
out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder,
309 as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction Proposal Bond
of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify
310 Special Provisions
drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.

Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode
311 Specifications
of construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or


312 sent by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business Written Notice
address of such individual, firm or corporation.

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities


313 Work
necessary to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.

Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the
314 Install
intended use.

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite. Furnish

316 Means to furnish and install. Provide

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent
317 50%
of the contract has been completed?

No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract
318 65%
price.

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the
320 30%
preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the
322 12 sqm.
contractor as temporary facilities for the project.

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall
323 50 / Contractor
be done by the ___ at his own expense.

If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be


324 Specifications
followed?

405/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to
325 15 Days
the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?

How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid
326 15 Days
reason?

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no
327 90 Days
act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the
328 False (30 days)
contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any
329 False (15 days)
request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that
331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and 1
rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses
332 1
incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work
333 0
from the contractor for failure to complete the project.

How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the
334 10 days
intention to cancel?

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial 5,000 for First 50
338
centers, sports complex, resorts, etc. Hectares

339 Predecessor of PD 1096 R.A. 6451

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens

406/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects. 6%

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations. 50%

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on


344 200 / hr
technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental). 12%

347 What is Group 6 Project classification? Repetitive Construction

10% of 1st unit / 60%


348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects. 2nd-10th Unit / 30%
11th and above

Group 3 (Exceptional
349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?
Character)

Group 3 (Exceptional
350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?
Character)

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00

Construction Phase
352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.
Service

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how
353 5 days
many days after written notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right
354 to remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the 10 days
expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?

7th day / Notice to


355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.
Proceed

356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center

Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is
357 Chattel
less than a freehold.

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the
358 Reciprocity
profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.

AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / CONTRACT


359
DRAWINGS DOCUMENTS

407/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

360 full time construction inspector PROJECT REP.

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work PROPOSAL

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in
362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)
the contract with the owner

PERFORMANCE BOND
363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work
(15%)

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements
366 AGREEMENT
thereto and all general and special provisions

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID

368 additional information on contract documents BID BULLETIN

list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for INSTRUCTION TO
369
the award of contract BIDDERS

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project DRAWINGS

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract GENERAL CONDITIONS

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify
372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
drawings, specifications and general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and
373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or SPECIFICATIONS
ammendment to the provisions of specifications

SCHED. OF MATERIALS
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used
AND FINISHES
BREAKDOWN OF
listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in WORK AND
375
materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead CORRESPONDING
VALUE

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE

ACT OF GOD OR
377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature
FORCE MAJEURE

408/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK

380 purchase or fabricate FURNISH

build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended
381 INSTALL
used

382 furnish and install PROVIDE

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders
383 as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the PROPOSAL / BID BOND
contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the
384 PERFORMANCE BOND
work in accordance with the terns of the contract

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND

386 for life and property INSURANCES

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship
387 GUARANTEE BOND
performed by the contractor.

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all
388 DRAWINGS
supplementary details and shop drawings.

are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and
389 SPECIFICATIONS
modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents
390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining AGREEMENT
to the work materials therefore

drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared
391 by the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated SHOP DRAWINGS
and/or installed.

392 precise drawings AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for
393 ARBITRATION
judicial proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving
ADVERTISEMENT OR
394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract
INVITATION TO BID
documents & date of bidding

409/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and INSTRUCTION TO
396
conditions for the award of contract BIDDERS

are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the
397 SPECIAL PROVISION
contract

a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of
398 PENALTY CLAUSE
the contract

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

407

408

409

410

411

412

413

414

415

416

417

410/521
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

418

419

420

421

422

423

424

425

426

427

428

429

430

431

432

433

434

435

436

437

438

439

440

411/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

1
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes
Ammeter

2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage

3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch

4 The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device
protecting the circuit Feeder Line

5 An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid
underground. Cable Vault

6
The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower
7
Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere. Current
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current
9 In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in
manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground. Grounding Wire

10
A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot. Footcandle
11
A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current
12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in? appliances
13 a generator of alternating current alternator
14
device used to measure rate of flow of electricity ammeter
15
device for storing electric energy capacitor
16
What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser
17 device used to transform AC to DC rectifier
18
device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle illumeter

19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring? greenfield


20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator
21 cap that receives the service drop entrance cap
22 box used for maintaining light control devices utility box
23
What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals? flux
24
electromotive force voltage
25
number of AC that flow in a conductor phase
26 rate or measure of power used or consumed watt
27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted? rheostat
28
controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator

413/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

29
instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter
30 materials that resist the flow of electric current insulator
31
What is the unit for quantity of electricity? coulomb
32 unit of resistance ohm
33
unit of electromotive force volts
34
unit of candlepower candela
35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.
10 ft.
36 PABX or PBX means. Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.
Capacitor
38 Another name for distribution panel.
Power Panel
39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line.
No. 12
40 Standard size of wire for a switch line.
No. 14
41 A device for converting alternating current to direct
Rectifier
current.
42 Another name for a Rectifier.
D.C. Generator
43 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current
Phase
with the same frequency.
44 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded 5.5 sqmm
copper conductor in a raceway.
45 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local
60 Cycles
power utility company like Meralco.
46 The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the Service Drop
building.

47 The simplest type of building automation system. Telecommunication


System
48 Resistance in alternating current system.
Impedance
49 The reciprocal of conductance.
Resistance
50 A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors
insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busway
Busduct.
51 A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric Bus
currents, also called a busbar.
52 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such Busway
current.

414/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

53 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of


joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the Pull Box
enclosed conductors.

54 This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,


switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical Riser Diagram
version of a vertical section taken through the building.

55 In a lightning protection system, the combination of a


metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a Air Terminal
structure.
56 TW in electrical wire specification means. Moisture resistant, in
wet and dry location
57 XHHN in wire specification means. Moisture and Heat
Resistant- Cross-
Linked
Thermosetting
58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.
the reciprocal of ohm
59 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical
Watt
power?
60 Who said these prophetic words: Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is Nikola Tesla
mine.?
61 A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling Rigid metal conduit
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place. (RMC)
62 The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN Heat resistant
is ______. thermoplastic
63 What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open) All of these
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these

64 What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp


2-s3w and 1-s4w
or group of lamps in three different locations?
65 It characterizes short circuit Low resistance, high
current
66 A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings
Cable tray
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
67 Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
Silver
except___.
68 It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area All of the above
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center.
Panelboard
70 A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient
Conduit
to receive a standard pipe.
71 A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal metal clad cable (type
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube. MC)

72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow.


Current

415/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

73 Alternating current is characterized as having _____.


a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency All of these
d. All of these
74 A circuit type where components are electrically connected end
Series circuit
to end.
75 The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit a. Fungus resistant
cables shall be ____. b. Corrosion resistant
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except
Switch
77 A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an Non metallic sheathed
outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic cable (type NM and
material. NMC)
78 Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires Both a and b
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)

79 Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the


Gold
best conductor of electricity?
80 Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube Both a and b
b. Open wiring on insulators
81 A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors
Multi-outlet assembly
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
82 A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
Transfer switch
connections from one power source to another.
83 The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an
CIRCUIT BREAKER
excessive load
84
Unit of power WATTS

85
The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE

86
This is where an electric service conductor can be installed TOWER OR FLATFORM

87 A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are
hinged and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between KNIFE SWITCH
them
88
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT

89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC) RECTIFIER

90 RAPID START
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element FLOURESCENT LAMP
91
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX

92
A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS

93
Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m

94
Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm

95
A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN

96
Original name of P-Trap GOOSENECK

97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected DISTRIBUTION LINE

416/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

98
The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m

99
Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE

100
The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE

101
A channel system in carrying electrical wire RACEWAY

102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted
CABLE WIRE
together

103
Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL

104
A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER

105
Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL

106 The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop
2.50m
conductor from NBC
107 STEP DOWN
To bring down voltage TRANSFORMER
108
Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING

109 Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
brownout SWITCH

110
One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH

111
The voltage across the welding arc ARC VOLTAGE

112
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose
ARMORED CABLE
of mechanical protection
113 A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc
ASKAREL
evolves only non-explosive gases
114 Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus,
ASSEMBLY
mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined
115
Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD

116 That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device
BRANCH CIRCUIT
protecting the current
117 Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a
BUS
common connection for two or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
118
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAY
carry
System fault
of current andforming
conductor to withstand the magnetic
an essentially forces ofconducting
continuous the current network over the
119
object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object CAGE
protected and an adequate ground
120 A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury
CIRCUIT BREAKER
itself
121 A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric
CONDUCTOR
current
122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner,
CONTROLLER
the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected

417/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

123 A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by
CORONA
voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value
124
A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted CUT OUT BOX

125 Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total
DEMAND FACTOR
connected load of the system
126
A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE

127
A single enclosed runway for conductor cables DUCT

128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR

129
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of
FEEDERS
an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device

130 Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a
FOOTCANDLE
surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
131 An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated
FUSE
and severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
132
Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING

133
Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION

134
Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between
KNIFE SWITCH
stationary contact blades when closed
135
Artificial source of light LAMP

136
Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER

137
A radiant energy LIGHT

138 Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
surge current
139
Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE

140
Is the radial branch connection to a main line LINE TAP

141 Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring
LOAD FACTOR
in that period
142
Unit of luminous flux LUMEN

143
A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX

144
Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET

145
A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX

146
Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD

147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible
PENDENT
cord
148 Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating
PILOT WIRE
apparatus at a distant point
149
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling
PULLBOX
in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors

418/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

150
Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars RACEWAY

151 Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an
RECEPTACLE
attachment plug
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
152
pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and RIGID METAL CONDUIT
thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
153
Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for
ROSETTE
connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
154
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building

155
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY

156 Cable designed for service under water SUBMARINE CABLE


157
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE

158 Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a
5.5 mm2
30 ampere rating
159 SINGLE PHASE TO
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the
SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
secondary circuit is short LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO
160 SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits LIGHTING AND POWER
LOAD
161 The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, SINGLE PHASE FOR
this connection is used for small industrial applications POWER

162
Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the TWO PHASE
common wire must carry /2 times the load current CONNECTIONS

163 This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load DELTA-DELTA FOR
simultaneously POWER AND LIGHTING

164 This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the OPEN DELTA FOR
power load LIGHTING AND POWER

165 Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to
Y DELTA FOR POWER
increase its potential capacity
166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed
The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING
phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This AND POWER
connection requires special watt-hour metering

167 When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at
OPEN Y DELTA
reduced load
168 The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
in any one bank AND POWER

169 The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
capacity of the system POWER
170 When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the
Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER
most economical way of stepping down the voltage
171 SCOTT CONNECTION
In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system 3PHASE TO 2PHASE
172
If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the SCOTT CONNECTED
special tap must be provided on the secondary side 2PHASE TO 3PHASE

419/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

173
Thermoplastic T

174 Moisture Temperature Resistant TW


175
Underground Feeder UF

176
Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant FEPW

177
Heat Resitant Rubber RH

178
Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber RHW

179
Heat Resistant Latex Rubber RUH

180
Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic THW

181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon THWN

182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer XHHW

183 Armored Cable BX

184
THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT THHN

185 POLYETHELENE PE
186
SILICON ASBESTOS SA

187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC AVA


188
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire FIXED TEMPERATURE

189
135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR

190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or PHOTO ELECTRIC
diode DETECTOR
191
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered INFRARED FLAME
when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame DETECTOR

192 Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized
IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT
sampling
193
chamber to detect fire DETECTOR

194 Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used
ARMOR CABLE (AC)
both on exposed and concealed work
195
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and
enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)
of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work

196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed
refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. MINERAL INSULATED
This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or CABLE (MI)
branch circuit

197
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture
NON METALLIC SHEATED
resistant, flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used CABLE (NM)
specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building

420/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded
SHIELDED NON
core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping
METALLIC SHEATED
spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in CABLE (SNM)
raceways

199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in UNDERGROUND FEEDER
the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic (UF) POWER AND
sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by CONTROL TRAY CABLE
messenger wire (TC)

200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY
designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways (FC)

201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and
enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes FLAT CONDUCTOR
such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard CABLE (FCC)
smooth continous floor surfaces and the like

202
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE
This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts (MV)

203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at TELEPHONE TERMINAL
each floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable CABINET

204
Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave
TELECOMMUNICATION
links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured SYSTEM
cabling and similar devices
205
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT
three points MIDPOINT AND SINGLE
POINT SWITCH AT END

206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover
POWER AND CONTROL
ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in TRAY CABLE TYPE
raceways or in supported by a messenger wire

207
Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH

208
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high
METAL HALIDE
illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work

209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required SCOTT CONNECTION 2
from a two phase system PHASE TO 3 PHASE

210
Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees TW

211
Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH

421/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE

213
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
DRAWINGS
(drawing)
214
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

215
PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS
LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS
Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS
PROVIDED

216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5.500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground

217
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current

218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
metal pipe of standard width and thickness

219
System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS

220
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates
WINDMILL
froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity

221 A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to
PANEL BOARD
concentrate
222
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to
SINGLE PHASE
zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed

223
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to
TWO PHASE
each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be ALTERNATING CURRENT
produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero

224
Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14

225
Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C UF

226
Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW

227 Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts
CIRCUIT VENT
as a vent
228
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the
circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when CIRCUIT BREAKER
properly applied within its rating

422/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

229
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY

230
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system POWER

231
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
24 AMPERE
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

232
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
233
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground

234
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

235
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with
3.5 sq.m
20 ampere rating
236
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
45 Amperes
w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

237 A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
238 PRESSURIZED WATER
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres REACTOR
239
A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE

240
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current

241
Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES

242
Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees USE

243
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

244
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by BOILING WATER
operating at somewhat low pressure REACTOR

245
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each
BALANCE LOADING
of the three phase with this objective to attain

246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system
CABLE TRAYS
used to support cables

423/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

247 A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power.
OPEN DELTA FOR
This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the LIGHTING AND POWER
power load
248
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
phase resulting into unbalanced primary AND POWER

249
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit
ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL
its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture

250
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings THREE PHASE
set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave ALTERNATING CURRENT

251
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes

252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT

253
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ

254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks
SINGLE PHASE
to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency of the machine is designed

255 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory COMBINATION

256 NUMBER OF BRANCH


A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe VENTS
257
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at START,

258 3-WAY SWITCH AT


three points MIDPOINT AND

259 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
DRAWINGS
(drawing)
260 A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN Pre requisite in use of
CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm split knob and tube wiring
261
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
262
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning
6000mm to 7600mm
arrest for an effective disaster prevention in building

263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground

264 Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
265
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in
24 amperes
a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

424/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

267 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
268 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30
45 amperes
degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
269
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

270
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating

271 Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit
3.5 sq.m
with20 ampere rating
272
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes

273 A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will
Automatic Transfer
automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during
Switch (ATS)
electrical power failure.
274
Moisture resistant, in
TW in electrical wire specification means.
wet anddry location

275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower
Specific Lighting
arrangements, etc.

276 Moisture and Heat


XHHN in wire specification means. Resistant- Cross-
Linked Thermosetting
277
Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10'

278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red

279
Pvt. Automatic Branch
PABX or PBX means.
Exchange

280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor

281
Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel

282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12

283
Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14

284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase

425/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

285
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured,
Thermosetting
and does not soften when reheated.

286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm

287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm

288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles

289
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
Service Drop
splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290
Telecommunication
The simplest type of building automation system.
System

291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature

292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector

293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX

294
Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance

295
The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance

296
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the
Busway
enclosure, also called Busduct.

297
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying,
Bus
and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.

298 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in
completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed Busway
to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared

300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam

301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic

426/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

302 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of
raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the Pull Box
enclosed conductors.
303
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from
Microwave
movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with

305
Ultrasonic (or
Microwave system.
Microwave)

306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered,
Proximity / Capacitance
caused by intrusion.

307
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a
Metal Halide Lamp
mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

308
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it
Mercury Lamp
produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

309
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the Tungsten Halogen
bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten. Lamp

310
High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
(HPS)

311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building

312
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing,
Air Terminal
on the upper part of a structure.

313

314

315

316

317

318

319

320

321

322

323

427/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

324

325

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

333

334

335

336

337

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

348

349

350

351

352

353

428/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

429/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

1 What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in


PLUMBARIUS
the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
2
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the
PLUMBER
field of sanitation?

3
NATIONAL PLUMBING
NPCP refers to:
CODE OF THE PHILS.

4
Its complete RA no: IRA 1378

5 BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN
What is the meaning of BOD?
DEMAND
6 Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be
WATER SEAL TRAP
equipped with __________.
7 Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
INSTALLING
fixtures and other apparatus.
8
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental ENVIRONMENTAL
Engineering? PROTECTION

9 This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that NATIONAL STANDARD
is governed by set of rules PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
10 In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
___________ laws.
11 What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
was plagued with epidemics.
12 Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
other surfaces through fixture usage.
13
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing GRECO-ROMAN
became more defined and appreciated? CIVILIZATION

14 The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of


CARRYING CAPACITY
a given population.
15 ____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the
MAN
environment.
16 ____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly
PLUMBING SYSTEM
usable
17 This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when HEAT
temperature rises.
18 An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
RA 1364
Philippines.
19
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with American Master Plumber
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom? JOHN F. HASS

20 This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18, SANITARY ENGINEERING
1955. LAW
21 The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
DOMESTIC SEWAGE
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
22
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
28-Jun-55
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

23
When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated? 17th CENTURY

430/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

24
What is the act for Water Quality Management? ACT 2152
25 TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing
0
with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
26 TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard 1
Plumbing Code (NSPC)
27 LEAD a metal used by
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while
Romans as a plumbing
Plumbum is to ___________.
material
28
Solid waste, from water closet SOIL PIPE
29
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC WASTE PIPE
30 GRAVITATIONAL FLOW
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.
METHOD
31 In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS
periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir. OF PUMP
32 In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath SERVICE HEADERS
sidewalks.
33 ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
PRIMARY FEEDERS
skeleton of the distribution system.
34
____________ is used for city water pipes. CAST IRON PIPES
35 ____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted
STEEL PIPES
siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
36 ____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
DUCTILE IRON
newer plumbing installation.
37 A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
CORROSION
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
38 Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
RECIPROCATING PUMP
backwards and forwards.
39 Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
HAND PUMP
for individual houses.
40 ____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
BOOSTER PUMP
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
41 Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
LOW LIFT PUMP
plant.
42
Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains. HIGH LIFT PUMP
43
Used to supply or remove water from a building. PIPE LINES
44 Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called
DELAVAUD PROCESS
____________ .
45 Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
INTAKE CONDUIT
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
46 Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
1/6 to 1/3
____________ of the total daily demand.
47 In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
48 High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
low lying areas
49 TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
1
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.
50 It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands
FRESH WATER
or in the coastal regions near the sea.
51 This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at
PLUMBING FIXTURES
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
431/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

52 Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water


BALL COCKS
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
53 _____________ is a junction between water supply systems
through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an CROSS CONNECTION
otherwise safe supply.
54 * RAINWATER
What are the 3 main sources of water supply? * GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER
55 _____________ is required to be installed so as to register the
WATER METER
amount of water supplied to a building.
56
VACUUM BREAKER or
_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.
BACKFLOW PREVENTER

57 ______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar


BACKFLOW
devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
58 ______________ is when water contains visible material in
TURBIDITY
suspension
59
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
COLOR
state should be distinguished from turbidity.

60 The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium


ALKALINITY
are the common impurities which cause ______________.
61 _______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and IRON
incrustations in water mains.
62 Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
OPEN TRENCH WORK
should be _____________.
63 The proportional change in length corresponding to 1F change in COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
temperature is known as the _______________. EXPANSION
64
________________ is water bearing stratum. AQUIFER
65 WATER TABLE WELL &
There are two types of well____________ & ____________.
ARTESIAN WELL
66 The recommended slope for the house drain. 2%
67 A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and
SANITARY DRAIN
domestic waste only.
68 A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human
SOIL PIPE
excretement.
69 A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
WASTE PIPE
excretement.
70 Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
POTABLE WATER
domestic purposes.
71 A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water WATERBOURNE
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections. DISEASES
72 A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
TURBID
suspension.
73
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT
MCL means
LEVELS

74 A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well


COMBINED DRAIN
as storm water.
75
This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable. COMBINED DRAIN
76 In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the
HOUSE DRAIN
basement ceiling.

432/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

77 A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as


FOUNDATION WALL
possible the ______________ of the building.
78 A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
INDUSTRIAL DRAIN
system.
79
The house drain should be provided with adequate number of CLEANOUTS

80
The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES. PD 856
81 Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within
200m
____________ of the water intake.
82 TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch
1
shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
83 TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be
0
utilized as floor drain.
84 TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
0
radius fittings.
85 A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
PRIVY
sealed with a wooden shelter.
86 A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
CATCH BASIN
the deposit settle able material.
87 A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
ground.
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________. GOVERNMENT
89
____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer. SEWAGE
90
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources
such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole INFLOW
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

91
A pipe venting acid waste system. ACID VENT

92
A watertight container of sewage. SEPTIC TANK
93 A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or
SEWAGE PUMP
liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
94
This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen. ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
95 COMBINATION PUBLIC
Considered as the oldest type of sewer.
SEWER
96
Minimum width for septic tank. 0.90m
97 That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from
the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in HOUSE SEWER
the street or septic tank.
98 Sometimes referred to as the collection line of a plumbing
HOUSE DRAIN
system.
99 The septic tank should be double compartment and should be
2.8 - 3.0 TIMES
capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
100 The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT
RA 9003
ACT 2000.
101 How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
50%
subject to rotting.

433/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

102
TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m 0:00

103
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a
0:00
house.

104 TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
0:00
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
105 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
106 An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
WATER
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
107 What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
ABSORPTION
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
108 This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
INSIDE STORM DRAIN
business areas.
109 It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
STORM DRAIN
to a satisfactory terminal.
110
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof ROOF LEADER
terminal
111 This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample
OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN
amount of ground space between buildings is available.
112
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
113 This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in INSIDE STORM DRAIN
congested business areas.
114 What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
STORM DRAIN
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
Rainwater piping should not be used as:
PIPE
116
Roof drains shall not be made of __________. IRON

117 OUTSIDE WALL OF THE


The outside roof leader is located on the _____
BUILDING
118 WITHIN THE BUILDING
The inside roof leader is installed ___________
WALLS
119 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
120
All storm drains should be graded at least INCH PER FOOT
121 This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer COMBINATION HOUSE
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant. SEWER
122 The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________ VERTICALLY,
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of HORIZONTALLY
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123
Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal GUTTER
124 Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of
LIQUID
time to allow settle able material to deposit

434/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

125 TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies


1
according to its length and grade per foot.
126 TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
1
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
127 TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
0
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
128
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at
right angles by means of a 45 Y and curve assembled in exactly the 1
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

129
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
1
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45 fitting.

130 TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided
1
with a concrete or stone foundation.
131 TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized
1
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
132
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from
0
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

133
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
1
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.

134
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the 1
conductor.

135
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint 1
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.

136
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
1
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137
Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply? NO
138
What type of plumbing material is a water heater? APPLIANCE
139 What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a
BALL COCK
ball floating on the surface of water?
140
What is the most expensive type of all pipes? BRASS PIPE
141 What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to
COPPER PIPE
corrosion?
142
What type of plumbing material is a water closet? FIXTURE
143 What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
CAST IRON PIPES
installation in buildings?
144
What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? FIXTURES
145
What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser? APPURTENANCE
146 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
CISPI stands for:
INSTITUTE
147
U in UPVC stands for UNPLASTICIZED

435/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

148 The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings


LESS THAN 25-STORIES
______stories in height.
149
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE

150 Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and


SILICON
____________.
151 A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a u
CLAMP GATE CALVE
bolt clamp.
152 A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
FLUSHOMETER VALVE
fixtures for flushing purposes.
153
Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
154 This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not
required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow DRUM TRAP
through it rapidly.
155
A pit for the reception or detention for sewage Cesspool
156 A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm
water, waste water or sewage Drain

157
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical Invert

158
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement Privy

159 The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom
of the tank Sludge

160 A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for
reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal Vent Pipe

161
A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste Sewer Pipe
162 All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not
less than ____ percent 2%

163
All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. Bends

164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown Crown weir
165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. Coupling

166
Level 3 types of water service refers to: artesian well
167
A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: lavatory faucet
168
One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: water (potability)
169
The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 2dia
170
Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: coagulant

171
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: schedule
172
A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: elbow
173
Womens urinal fixture: bidet

436/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 15 m.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe
nipple
fittings:
176
Prevents water hammer: Float Valve
177 Theater or movie houses water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons total number of auditorium
of water per day : seat
178
. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: water pipe

179 Crown weir to bottom dip


The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

180
A pipe fitting shape like letter S: U-trap
181 The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or
behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the Back vent pipe
fixture trap:
182 The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an
1 per 35
elementary school:
183
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 2" dia.

184
A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter waste pipe
185
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: stack

186
The minimum slope of a building drain: 1/16 in./ft.
187
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 2" dia.
188
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 2" dia.

189
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 2" dia.
190
Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: Gas Pipe
191 The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both
1 per 30
elementary and secondary school:
192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and
black
fittings:
193
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite
screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal Turnbackle
rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods:

194 The first section of water supply piping in a


Water distributing pipe
building after the water meter.
195 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by
means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
is parallel to the normal direction of flow of Globe valve
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
196
The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called? catch basin
197
lowest portion of a trap dip

437/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

198
pipe for wastewater drain pipe
199
liquid waste effluent
200
These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. soil stack

201
vertical pipe used for the storage of water standpipe
202
receptacle for organic discharge septic tank

203
accumulated or settled solid waste sludge

204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water
water hammer
lines.
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole escutcheon
206
end of a pipe that fits into a bell spigot

207
backflow due to negative pressure back siphonage

208 What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing
vent stack
circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?
209
gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects fumigant
210
vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets soil stack
211
It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. check valve
212
reservoir for liquid cistern
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures flush valve
214
It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead caulking
215
process of injecting chlorine gas into the water disinfections
216 Minimum width of a septic tank.
90 cms.
217 Minimum length of a septic tank.
1.50 mts.
218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
70 cms.
219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.
1.80 mts.
220 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary
1.50 cum
compartment of a septic tank.
221 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic
508 mm.
tank.
222 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
1.50 mts.
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
223 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
15.20 mts.
tank.
224 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
45.70 mts.
seepage pit or cesspool.
225 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
30.50 mts.
disposal field.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
51 mm.

438/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.


102 mm.
228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
60 cms.
229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub
38 mm.
230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.
51 mm
231 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and
Polyethylene
polybutylene.
232 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
Corporation Stop
connection at the water main.
233 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
Relief Vent
between drainage and vent system
234 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
Escutcheon
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.
Developed Length
236 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of
Flush Valve
fixture.
237 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
Sewage
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher.
Carbon Monoxide
239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
Storm Sewer
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
1 1/2'
241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
1/8 Bend
242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.
1-1/2"
243 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type
3/8"
water closet.
244 Term applied to the interconnection of the same
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent. Battery of Fixtures
245 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
Common Vent
of a back to back vent.
246 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service 4"
connection.
247 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
4"
than 15 meters from the source.
248 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
6"
venting.
249 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
Plumbarius
field of ancient Rome.
250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.
Plumbum
251 A specially designed system of waste piping
embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and Combination Waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of Vent system
air above the flow line of the drain.

252 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged


Sanitary Sewer Main
directly to the nearest ___.
253 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage Fixture
system with which they are connected.

439/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

254 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located


2 1/2"
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.
Circuit Vent
256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
Loop Vent
257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
Barometer
258 Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during
Ionization
the incipient stage.
259 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
Bibbcock
as a draw-off tap.
260 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
Top Dip to Crown Weir
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.
Double Bend
262 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower
2"
stall.
263 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal
3
urinal.
264 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
3m
section of plumbing for water test.
265 How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for 3 days
inspection.
266 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy 15 minutes
said testing.
267 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings
8%
safe for humans.
268 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on 300 mm
top of the other.

269 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating


equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar 300 mm
equipment requiring union fittings.
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.
4 ft.
271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.
60
272 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
305 mm
pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
273 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
450 mm
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
274 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
6.10 mts.
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
275 Maximum length of a tailpiece.
600 mm
276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.
4.60 mts.
277 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the
15 cms.
roof
278 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
300 mm
any other vertical surface.
279 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any
0.90 mtr.
openable window or opening.
280 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
2.10 mts.
where it is protruded.

440/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

281 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a


roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from 3.00 mts.
weather.

282 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack


10
requiring a parallel ventstack.
283 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
Pressure Regulating Valve
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
284 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
Softening
in water.
285 Women's urinal fixture.
Washdown
286 A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to
clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a Washdown
small irregular passageway.

287 This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet


except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water Reverse Trap
surface area, moderately noisy.

288 A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.


Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush Blowout
valve, requires higher pressure.
289 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; Siphon Vortex
siphon.
290 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg. Siphon Jet
291 A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or Siphon Vortex
vortex which scours the bowl.
292 A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the Siphon Jet
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
293 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
Reverse Trap
smaller water surface and trapway.
294 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
Washdown
codes
295 The concussion and banging noise that results when a
volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses Water Hammer
momentum.
296 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
Gate Valve
across the passage.
297 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
Globe Valve
internal wall.
298 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
Effluent
sewage treatment plant.
299 The centerline of pipe.
Spring Line
300 The interior top surface of a pipe.
Crown
301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
Invert
302 Color code for pipes containing acid.
black
303 One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du
pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive Teflon
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

441/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

304 a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5


meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground. all true
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.

305 a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage


pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
reducer or adapter.
c. 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a all true
true vertical position.

306 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes


House Drain
referred to as.
307 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
Ball Valve
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water.
Zeolite
309 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base
Wye and 1/8 Bend
of a soil stack?
310 The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
Water distributing pipe
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.
Full bath
312 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a
circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the Globe valve
face of the disk.

313 A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in


which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate fixture
into the plumbing system.
314 Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which
Battery of fixtures
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.
Drainage, waste and vent
316 A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures
Gooseneck
except for fixture have integral trap.
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.
Privy
318 A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
Riser
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
319 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
Stack
piping.
320 The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
Water main
where local individual connection is done.
321 A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from cesspool
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
322 The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water plumbing
and waterborne waste.

442/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

323 That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate Building sewer
point of disposal.
324 A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
Ball valve
valve body.

325 A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a


storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or Branch interval
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
326 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of Yoke vent
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.

327 A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is


about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
gooseneck
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.

328 A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing


system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system Septic tank
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.

329 A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage


system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or Drainage fixture unit
one cubic foot of water per minute.

330 The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be


completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture Roughing-in
supports.
331 A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage Trap
or wastewater through it.

332 A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less


Backpressure
than the atmospheric pressure.
333 A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
Waste stack
free of fecal matter.
334 A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
Water distributing pipe
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
335 Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from Soil pipe
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer

336 In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply


line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves Water supply system
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337
A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent BRANCH VENT

338 A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last
CIRCUIT VENT
fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack
339 A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both
fixtures
COMMON VENT
443/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
COMMON VENT
340
A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341
A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect CONTINOUS VENT

342 A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up
DRY VENT
of waste from a drainage pipe
343
See common vent DUAL VENT

344
A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps GROUP VENT

345 A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above
INDIVIDUAL VENT
the fixture served or terminates in the open air
346
A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT
347 Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the
originating waste or soil stack
348 Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed
LOCAL VENT
from a room fixture
349
The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected MAIN VENT

350
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and
RELIEF VENT
vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

351
An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps UNIT VENT

352
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected
STACK VENT
to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353
A vent which also serves as a drain WET VENT

354 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of
YOKE VENT
preventing pressure changes in the stack
355
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes
BACKFLOW
of a supply of water from any source other than its intended source

356 Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to
BACK SIPHONAGE
negative pressure
357 Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
common horizontal waste or soil branch
358
A flange that is not drilled BLANK FLANGE

359
A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water BLIND FLANGE

360
Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials CAULKING

361
A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits COUPLING

362
Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned UNION

363
A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings NIPPLE

364 Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are
DEAD END
made on the extended portion
365
The length along the center of the pipe and fitting DEVELOPED LENGTH

444/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often
liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer DRAINAGE SYSTEM
system or private or or public sewerage treatment

367
Is a pipe connecting several fixtures FIXTURE BRANCH

368 Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets
FLOOD LEVEL
and and similar fixture
369 A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be
FERRULE
removed for the purpose of cleaning
370
Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical INVERT

371
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and
PLUMBING SYSTEM
vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections

372 Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
ROUGH IN
installation of fixtures
373 A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
hydrant or to the same nozzle
374
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar
SOIL PIPE
function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

375
Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the
TRAP SEAL
crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap
376 Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low
WATER RESERVOIR
yielding water well
377 SHOCK RELIEF AND
The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer EXPANSION CHAMBER
378
The location of water well to nearest septic vault 50 FEET OR MORE

379
Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 2 PERCENT

380
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water CULVERT

381
The third kind of water after the storm water and area water BLACK WATER

382
The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing RECESSED

383
Color coding of high pressure steam WHITE

384
Color coding for fuel oil division BLACK

385 The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage
TRAP OR WATER SEAL
system
386
Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 2.50 M

387 A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its
COMPRESSION VALVE
seat
388
An underground tank reservoir to store water CISTERN

389
Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

390 Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of
PRESSURE COCK
water
445/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

391 A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure PRESSURE REDUCING
fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level VALVE
392 A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling
UNION PATENT
of the connection when needed
393 A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing
FLUSHOMETER
purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
394
Another name for corporation cock CORPORATION STOP

395 A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a
AIR TRAP
seal against the passages of gases and odors
396 A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic
ABSORPTION TRENCH
tank effluent may flow covered with earth
397
The luminous flux density incident on a surface ILLUMINATION

398 An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain
CATCH BASIN
through sewer
399
A type of fitting for yoke bent WYE FITTING

400
Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 1 1/2"

401
Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 150mm DIAMETER

402
BATH FOOT 1 1/2"

403
BATH SHOWER STALL 2"

404
BATH SITZ 1 1/2"

405
BATH TUB 1 1/2"

406
BIDETS 1 1/2"

407
COMBINATION FIXTURE 1 1/2"

408
DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1/4"

409
FLOOR DRAIN 2"

410
FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS 1 1/4"

411
LAUNDRY TRAYS 1 1/2"

412
SINKS (DISHWASHER) 1 1/2"

413
SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC) 2'

414
SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE) 1 1/2"

415
SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR) 1 1/4"

416
SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY) 2"

417
SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP) 3"

418
URINAL (PEDESTAL) 3"

419
URINALS (LIP) 1 1/2"

446/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

420
URINALS (STALL) 2"

421
URINALS (THROUGH) 2"

422
WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES) 1 1/4"

423
WATER CLOSETS 3"

424
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed
SIPHON-VORTEX
through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl

425 Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through
the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl SIPHON-JET
through the trapway
426 Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water
REVERSE TRAP
surface area are smaller
427
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and
WASH DOWN
emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428
Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out BLOW OUT

429 A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of
BIDET
the body
430
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" GI PIPE SIZES

431
No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 19.05mm or 3/4"

432
Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 46 cm.

433
Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 122cm

434
Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 61 cm.

435
Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 122 cm

436
Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 5 FEET

437
Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 1/4" BEND ?

438
Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 51mm or 2"

439
Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 64mm or 2 1/2"

440
Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m 4"

441
Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m 6"

442
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:25

443
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:30

444
Ratio of urinals for elementary schools RATIO OF 1:75

445
Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places RATIO OF 1:75

446
Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants RATIO OF 1:5

447/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

447
Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 4 CLOSETS

448
Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 3 HEADS

449
It should not be used for steam GALVANIZED PIPING

450
High Pressure WHITE

451
Exhaust Fan BUFF

452
Fresh Water, low pressure BLUE

453
Fresh Water, high pressure BLUE

454
Salt water piping GREEN

455
Oil Delivery BRASS OR BRONZE

456
Oil Discharge YELLOW

457
PNEUMATIC DIVISION GRAY

458
GAS DIVISION BLACK

459
FUEL OIL DIVISION BLACK

460
REFRIGERATING DIVISION BLACK

461 A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB
of the following does NOT require it?
462
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service
DRY STANDPIPE
inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

463
Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building WATER SERVICE PIPE

464 Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE
OF THE WATER SERVICE AND
is simultaneously opened? DISTRIBUTION PIPE
465
KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 1 "

466
LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE 1 "

467
OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE 64mm or 2 "

468
OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 64mm or 2 "

469 Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the
SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE
total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?
470 A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water
temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at 3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER
the fooe spout
471
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are
BALL VALVE
beautiful and maintenance free
472
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a
132 LITERS PER MINUTE
residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts

473 A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an
ELBOW REDUCER
angle

448/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

474
General term used to described the fitting in the drawing FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS

475 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing) COMBINATION
476
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent
CIRCUIT VENT
pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477 Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally
REVERSE OSMOSIS
dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained
478
Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point FIXED TEMPERATURE

479
solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR

480
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three
COUPLING
inches
481
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution
PRESSURE REGULATOR
system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a WRONG CHOICE OF VENT
plumbing system TYPE

483 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
where
484 water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return
jet,jack,reciprocating
pipe
485
Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 5"

486 Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at URINAL FLASH VALVE
higher pressure ASSEMBLY
487
Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap
488
A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater CHECK VALVE

489
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm
AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE
type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote PILLAR SYSTEM
control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control

490
Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap THREE FIXTURES

491
The presence of Fire Service Connection DRY STANDPIPE

492 Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND
distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ", ", 1", 1 ", FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
1 " and 2"
493
Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes UPVC DWV SANITARY

494
and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards PIPES AND FITTINGS

495
Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe ASBESTOS PIPE

496
SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER Shower set for bath (drawing)

497
Pipe not used as water service pipe FIBER CEMENT PIPE

449/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

498
A cut off valve installed in the service piping system GATE VALVE

499
Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 64mm or 2 1/2"

500
Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 61 cms

501
Device used to prevent water hammering AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2
THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT
502
Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent NOT LESS THAN THE
REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
503 EVER IS LARGER
It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure VENT PIPE

504
It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"

505 The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent
6 FEET
inlet at the trap
506 2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2
Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch X 1/8 BEND
507
A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside COUPLING REDUCER

508 A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last
CIRCUIT VENT
fixture of the battery
509 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
JET
surface
510 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a
RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
511
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
CENTRIFUGAL
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512
Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade 46 mm

513 A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water
BELL REDUCER
distribution
514
PE POLYETHELENE PIPE

515 General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
plumbing fixture
516
Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 38 mm (1 1/2")

517
A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent WYE FITTING

518 The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level
6"
rim of the fixture
519
The minimum size or trap of a bidet 1 1/2"

520
Supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"

521 A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding
COUPLING
3 inches
522 AT EVERY BRANCH
Location that does not require installation of clean out INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK
523
Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent BATTERY OF FIXTURE

524
A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture COMMON VENT

525
A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe NUMBER OF FIXTURE

526 Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged
SOIL PIPE
from other fixture to the house drain

450/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

527 Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less
102 mm (4")
from the Fire service Connection
528 In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD
required working pressure
529
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and
fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, PLUMBING SYSTEM
the storm water drainage with their devices
530
Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 64 mm (2 1/2")

531
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 6"

532
Common term for a two way service connections SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

533
Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve BALL

534
A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND,
535
Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
536
Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR

537
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR

538
35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height JACK

539
Passing on it can treat hardwater ZEOLITE

540 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
return pipe
541 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a
RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
542 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
JET
surface
543
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at CENTRIFUGAL
the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below

544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against
JACK
450 ft. total develop height

545 A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water
Lawn Sprinkler System
droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.
546
Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.

547
Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.

548
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 60 cms.

549
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.

451/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

550
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 1 cum.

551
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 508 mm.

552
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more
1.50 mts.
than 6 cubic meters.
553
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 0

554
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 15.20 mts.

555
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 45.70 mts.

556
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 30.50 mts.

557
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 26

558
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.

559
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.

560
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.

561
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.

562
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake,
0.90 mtr.
or vent shaft.
563
Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm. (11/2")

564
Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm. (2")

565
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3

566
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 2

567
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 1

568
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 4

569
Classifications of copper pipes. Rigid and Flexible

570
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. Burr

452/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

571
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. House Drain

572
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. Polyethylene

573
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. Relief Vent

574
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe
Escutcheon
pass.
575
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Flush Valve

576
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. Sewage

577
Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide

578
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Strom Sewer

579
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2" (38mm)

580
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend

581
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1 1/2"

582
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 3/8"

583
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 1

584
True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 0

585
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch
Battery of Fixtures
with one branch vent.
586
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Common Vent

587
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or
4" (102mm)
less from the fire service connection.
588
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 4" (102mm)

589
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works
Ball Valve
by the principle of a ___.
590
Treats hard water. Zeolite

591
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 6" (150mm)

453/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

592
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. Plumbarius

593
In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum

594 A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of
one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe Combination Waste
adequately
595
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. and Vent system

596
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain

597
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain

598
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Sanitary Sewer Main

599
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a
Fixture
drainage system with which they are connected.
600
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 2 1/2" (64mm)

601
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent

602
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent

603
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer

604
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. Ionization

605
Condensing unit is a part of a ___. Refrigeration

606
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. Bibbcock

607
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap. Top Dip to Crown Weir

608
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend

609
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 2"

610
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. 3"

611
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. (1:30)

612
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. (1:25)

454/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

613
Ratio of urinals for elementary school. (1:75)

614
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. (1:75)

615
Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings
4
serving 55 occupants for employees.
616
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the
(1:5)
ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.
617
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 3

618
How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done
3
after written notice for inspection.
619
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water
15 minutes
test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.
620
Atmospheric Vacuum
Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.
Breaker
621
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 8%

622
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain
300 mm
pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.
623
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater,
300 mm
conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624
Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4'

625
Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60

626
True or false, 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true
1
vertical position.
627
Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless
1
such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.
628
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
diameter.
629
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

630
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or
6.10 mts.
crawl hole.
631
Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm

632
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.

633
True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used
1
underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.

455/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

634
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 150 mm / 15 cms.

635
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 300 mm

636
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 0.90 mtr.

637
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 2.10 mts.

638
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes
3.00 mts.
aside from protection from weather.
639
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 10

640
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. Softening

641
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 1

642 Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
Upfeed System / Direct
applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and
Method
minimum required working pressure.
643
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? Wye and 1/8 Bend

644
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit Energy Efficiency Rating
for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy? (EER)

645
Women's urinal fixture. Washdown

646
True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or
1
adapter.
647
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple
Washdown (WD)
washout action through a small irregular passageway.

648
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller
Reverse Trap (RT)
trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

649
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces
Blowout (BO)
contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It
Siphon Vortex (SV)
scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.
651
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim
Siphon Jet (SJ)
and through the down leg.
652
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim
Siphon Vortex (SV)
to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.

653
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action
Siphon Jet (SJ)
initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

456/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

654
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and
Reverse Trap (RT)
trapway.
655
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. Washdown (WD)

656
The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a
Water Hammer
pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.
657
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. Developed Length

658
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. Gate Valve

659
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. Globe Valve

660
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. Effluent

661
The centerline of pipe. Spring Line

662
The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown

663
The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert

664
Color code for pipes containing acid. Black

665
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards,
and major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an Riser Diagram
electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.

666
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white,
Teflon
soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667

668

669

670

671

672

673

674

675

676

457/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

677

678

679

680

681

682

683

684

685

686

687

688

689

690

691

692

693

694

695

696

697

698

699

700

701

702

703

704

458/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

1 A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an


opening Air Curtain

2 A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of
air it is distributed to an air conditioned space. AHU (Air Handling Unit)

3 A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its
normal limit of travel Bumper

4 The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door
to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way. Elevator Landing

5 When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical
clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical
610 mm.
part.

6 There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___
below the sill of the pit access door 660 mm

7
Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm

8
Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning

9
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related
elevator
hoisting and lowering mechanisms.
10
Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler
11
A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor
12 Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by
compressor
mechanical means.
13 A device that maintains, control of the indoor environmentits desirable temperature,
humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial air-conditioning
materials that are handled or stored there.
14
Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator
15
A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator
16 Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact
with an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion cooling tower
is cooled.
17
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting
dumbwaiters
relatively small articles between levels.

18
Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight

19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails

20 Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite
counterweight
ends of the cables to car is fastened.
21
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft

460/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

22
Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor
23
Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer
24
A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier
25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central
locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of centralized air con
fans and pumps through duct and pipes.

26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor

27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or
hydraulic elevator
plunger?

28
it is a device to control the temperature. thermostat
29 It is a three section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving
Truss
stairway component
30
In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house

31
Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. escalator
32 The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected
of a system or the part of a system under consideration is called demand factor

33 The following are basic component parts of an


governor
escalator except____.
34
Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
35 Which of the following is not a component of a
counterweight
hydraulic elevator?
36 A bathroom containing a water closet, a
Full bath
lavatory, and a bathtub.
37 The following are elements of centralized
Method of cooling
airconditioning system except _______.
38
Acoustics is a science that concerns with
______.
a. Transmission of sound All of the above
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

39 It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in
Conduction
contact with each other.
40 Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler,
Dampers
or other air handling equipment.
41
What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon
42
gas used as refrigerant with water ammonia
43
an air compartment or chamber plenum
44
liquid which is discharged as a waste effluent
45
A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation
46
device used only to add humidity in the air hunidifier

461/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

47
heat is transferred through materials Conduction
48
a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas evaporator
49
What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? coil
50
device to control the thermostat relay

51
device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct Dampers
52
It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. elevator
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency governor
54 where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
sprocket assembly
of an escalator
55
What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? boiler
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple
57
vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser
58 It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel
gearless traction
and driving sheave.
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics
60
steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes
61 Two types of passenger elevator.
Electric and Hydraulic
62 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator
0.60 mtr
for small commercial or residential building.
63 A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
Automatic Transfer
the power from the standby generator to the building
Switch
circuitry during electrical power failure.

64 The minimum face to face distance between elevators


2.0 mts.
in three and four car grouping.
65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.
1.20 mts.
66 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the
Humidistat
air
67 Another name for Humidistat.
Hygrostat
68 Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin
Thermosetting
which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
69 when reheated.which responds to changes in
An Instrument
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls Thermostat
temperature.
70 A machine that converts mechanical energy into
Alternator
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
71 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
Heat
order to absorb ___.
72 A device installed on an electric water heater used to
Thermostat
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
73 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
Air curtain
of spaces.
74 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which
uses low melting point solders or metal that expands Fixed Temperature Heat
when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Detector

462/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.


135-197F
76 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or
Air Motor
valve
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.
68-74 F /20-23 deg C
78 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the
Psychrometric Chart
properties of air-system mixtures.
79 Heat that raises air temperature.
Sensible Heat
80 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another
Convection
by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
81 What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the Energy Efficiency
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input Rating
energy? (EER)

82 What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning


system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air Fan Coil Unit
stream injected to a conditioned space.
83 In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be Safety Shoe
used together with this.
84 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the Fascia Plate
floors.
85 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is
overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is Weighing Device
eliminated.

86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.


Circuit Breaker
87 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the
Limit Switches
highest and lowest floor.
88 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object Handrail Guard
becomes wedged at the guard. Switches
89 In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
off positions to stop or Disconnect Switch
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
90 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit Mechanical
location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator Maintenance Locking
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance. Device
91 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically Current Overload Safety
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. Switch
92 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
Knife Switch
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
93 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
Ton of Refrigeration
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
94 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
Sheave
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
95 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
Governor
an elevator.
96 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
Counterweight
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
97 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to
which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on Winding-Drum Machine
which they wind.
98 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
Winding-Drum Machine
counterweight.

463/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

99 In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed Limit Controls and
unsafe operating conditions. Interlocks
100 The following are basic component parts of an escalator
governor
except____.
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator?
counterweight
102 The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system
Method of cooling
except _______.
103 A transformer is ______. A mechanical device used to
step up or step down voltage
in ac
104 A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat
transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____. Thermal load

105 The following are ways in which heat may be transferred


Polarization
except____.
106 The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
3 section truss
escalator.
107 Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit
All of these
d. All of these

108 The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual


usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period, Seasonal energy
in watt-hours is known as_____. efficiency ratio

109 Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,


commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning R-22
system?
110 The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in Resistance and
ac is a combination of _______. reactance
111 A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
Endless belt
connected to the steps is known as _____.
112 What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
558mm
escalators?
113 What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air Both a and b
b. Motion of air

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12?


Dichlorodifluormethane
115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____.
90-120fpm
116 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in
changing the state of a substance LATENT HEAT
without changing its temperature.
117
An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air AIR CONDITIONER

118 BUGLARS AND


They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system PROWLERS
119
An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT

120
The current of air or gases DRAUGHT OR DRAFT

121
Requirement for a dry standpipe 4 STOREY

122
Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK

123 A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car
DUMBWAITER
excusively for carrying materials
464/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

124
The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER

125
The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.

126 An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes
THERMOSTAT
of temperature of the space
127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling
BULLDOZER
earth
128 ACOUSTICAL LAY IN
The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system PANEL
129
The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL

130
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F

131 Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube
REAR OR TOP
either from these places
132
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION

133
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from
SOUND INSULATION
passing through the members into adjoining room

134 The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a
LUX
one square meter surface
135
Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE

136
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of
AIR HANDLING UNIT
the air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space

137
This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME

138
Protection of PVC pipe underground CONCRETE CASING

139
Reflection of sound from curve surface CREEP

140
The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME

141
Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR

142 Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize
BUFFER
building shocks to the car
143 That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the
PIT
lowest landing floor of the hoistway
144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a
WINDING DRUM MACHINE
drum
145
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS

146
Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm

147 When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a FOR REPAIR AND
sufficient room for this INSPECTION
148
When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS

149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 4 ELEVATORS


150
Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 3 HOISTWAYS

465/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

151
Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS

152
Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 30mm

153 OVER LOAD RELAY AND


Provision for all elevators REVERSE POLARITY
RELAY
154 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight BUFFER
safely
155
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
MONITORING CONTACTS
detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down ON STEP CHAIN
the system in any eventuality
156 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
157 During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
door from the outside
158 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re
SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
159
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL

160 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
161 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
162
Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

163
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its
GOVERNOR
rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

164 OTIS-U.S. A European brand of


elevator
165 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car
or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
166
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety
MONITORING CONTACTS
switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical ON STEP CHAIN
abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

167
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts CIRCUIT BREAKER
from over current
168
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
open the door from the outside
169
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing SAFETY SHOE
and re opens the door
170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
171
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator DOOR LOCK SWITCH
will open only when the car stops at the floor
172
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and MAGNETIC BREAK
grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

466/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

173
Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

174 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has
LIMIT SWITCH
reached the designated end of travel course
175
Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees

176
Minimum width of balustrade 558 mm

177
Maximum width of balustrade 1.20 m

178
Maximum width of the steps 330 mm

179
Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS

180
Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm

181 R.C CONCRETE OR


Provision for boiler rooms inside the building MASONRY
182
3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE
Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials WALL

183
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter

184
Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts

185
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve 2 CHECK VALVES

186 NON RETURN OR SHUT


Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel OFF VALVE
187
Provision of every boiler ONE SAFETY VALVE

188
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE

189
Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 15 DAYS

190
Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F

191 2.30 meters ABOVE THE


Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building FLOOR
192
Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES

193
Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters

194
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify
FAN COIL UNIT
and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space
1.5 TIMES MORE THAN
195
Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so DOWN COLLECTIVE
on while descending CONTROL

197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on UP COLLECTIVE
while ascending CONTROL

198 GOVERNOR - safety gear,


Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its
safety shoe, magnetic
rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely break

467/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

199
main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket ESCALATOR'S PART

200 When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are ONE IN FRONT OF THE
arrange in banks OTHER
201
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760

202
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900

203
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
building automation system to close in case of fire within the area DAMPERS

204 AT THE ESCALATOR


Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator MACHINE ROOM

205
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard 12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON
room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain OF REFRIGERATION

206
International Standard and
PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH
EN 81.1 Code in designing
THE MACHINE ROOM a machine room

207 STANDARD
INSTALLATION OF
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE
ESCALATOR NOT
BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./
TRUSS
208
Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
EXPANDED
209
Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATION
210 KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site COMPONENT PART
211
Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER

212 Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat SEASONAL ENERGY
moved per watt of electrical input energy EFFICIENCY
213
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower TONS OF REFRIGERATION

214 A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to
THERMOSTAT
activate a switch
215 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of
heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an MONITORING CONTACTS
escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal ON STEP CHAIN
mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

217 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
218 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re
SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
219
Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN

468/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

220
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL

221 Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its EVAPORATORS CANNOT
efficiency and performance BE LOCATED AT CEILING
222 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

224 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
225
Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

226
Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH

227
designated end of travel course EMERGENCY SWITCH

228
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream
FAN COIL UNIT
injected into the conditioned space
229 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance
Latent Heat
without changing its temperature.
230
Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
231 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential
0.60 mtr.
building.
232
Another name for passenger elevator. Lift
233
The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.
234
Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
235 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a
Sheave
cable or roped is passed.
236
A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier
237
Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
238
A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. Humidistat
239
Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
240
Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. Governor
241
A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop
242 An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly
Thermostat
controls temperature.
243
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation
244 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of
Alternator
alternating current.
245
Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat
246 A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to
Thermostat
activate a switch.
247 During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open
Outside Door Latch
the doors from the outside.

469/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

248 A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if
Panic Bar
subjected to pressure.
249
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197F
250 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower Pressure Regulating
constant pressure. Valve
251
An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor
252 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended
Counterweight
scenery, or the like.
253 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the
Winding-Drum Machine
car are fastened, and on which they wind.
254
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails
255 Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit
600 mm
shall not be less than ___.
256
Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm
257
Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm
258
Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min
259
The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 F
260 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into
Microphone
variable electrical current.
261
A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector
262
A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart
263
Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
264 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a
Convection
mass of fluid.
265 Limit Controls and
In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.
Interlocks
266
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to
Fan Coil Unit
dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.

267
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there
Safety Shoe
is something. Photocell can be used together with this.

268 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car
Fascia Plate
which is stopped between the floors.
269 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains
Weighing Device
open until overloading is eliminated.
270
In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
271
In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches
272 Handrail Guard
In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.
Switches
273
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
Disconnect Switch
off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

274 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against
accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general Mechanical
maintenance.

470/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

275 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is Current Overload Safety
supplied to the motor. Switch
276 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or
Knife Switch
repairs.
277
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same
Ton of Refrigeration
tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

294

295

296

297

298

299

300

471/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310

311

472/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

1 Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic


medium Sound

2
A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ

3
Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.

4 The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit
of time. Frequency

5 Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated
reflections. Reverberation

6 Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70


m/ sec. after hear the direct sound. Echo

7
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes
traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces. Flutter

8 A device used for sound absorption Fibrous Materials


9
This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface Creep

10
Sound travels only about ___________m/sec. 344 m/sec
11
It is the measurement of the intensity of sound. decibel
12
It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db
13 It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound
diminishes for the case by 60db after the original Reverberation time
sound has stopped.
14 It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
omnidirectional mic
sound arriving at it from any direction
15 It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
incandescent
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
16 In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
photometry
science that deals with measurement of light.
17
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one
standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
candle power
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.
18
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays
leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in Diffusion
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.

19
It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling
Lumen
on a surface from the source.

473/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

20 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is


the reciprocal of ohm
defined as _______.
21 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.
Watt
What is electrical power?
22 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
1 lumen per sq.m.
the unit for lux?
23 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound
intensity ______ the square of the distance Varies inversely with
from the source.
24 Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity
(usually power or intensity) Decibel
relative to a specified or implied reference level.
25 An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in
motion relative to each
droppler effect
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and
decreasing when they move apart
26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls? flutter
27
delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard Echo

28
unpleasant or unwanted sound Noise
29
What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics
30 environmental
study of effects on environment upon audible sound
acoustics
31
study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics
32
What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one
wavelength
cycle?
33
rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency
34 a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in
sound
the air
35
What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source? magnitude
36
unit of loudness of sound decibel
37
at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure velocity
38
What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci
39
one characterized by large amounts of absorption dead room
40
characterized by very small amounts of absorption Live room
41
What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation
42
state existing in a system which is set into oscillation resonance
43 simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single
pure tone
frequency
44 A type of lighting that provides illumination to special
Specific Lighting
objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

474/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

45 Unit of loudness level.


Phon
46 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting
Sound Absorption
it to heat.
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.
Wavelength
48 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure
level of sound which is transmitted from one point to Sound Attenuation
another.
49 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of
Sabin
perfectly absorptive material.
50 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to
Sound Diffraction
be bent or scattered around
51 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being
Threshold of Audibility
detected by the human ear
52 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an
Sound
elastic medium.
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency.
Pure Tone
54 Wave produced by a pure tone.
Sine Wave
55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture.
Luminaire
56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.
Candela
57 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area
General Lighting
lighting.
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface.
Luminous Flux
59 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction
Luminance
per unit of projected area.
60 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
Foot-Candle
foot.
61 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
Lux
meter
62 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is
Indirect Lighting
directed to the ceiling and upper
63 walls of the room
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.
Cathode
64 The rate of flow of sound energy
Sound Intensity
65 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular
Accent Lighting
points of interest.
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.
Fluorescense
67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
High-Pressure-Sodium
68 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts
Microphone
variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
69 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as
Cross Light
from windows in adjacent walls.
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.
Luminaire
71 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and
Eggcrate
used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.
72 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of
Floodlight
illumination over a large area.

475/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

73 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat


Passive Infrared
range of body temperature.
74 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of
Passive Infrared
light beam.
75 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in
Ultrasonic
sound wave pattern.
76 A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building Microwave
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

77 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive Passive Infrared with
infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system. Ultrasonic (or
Microwave)
78 This type of perimeter detector detects a change in
capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion. Proximity / Capacitance
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave

79 A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is


produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, Metal Halide Lamp
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

80 A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,


uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an
Mercury Lamp
electric discharge in mercury vapor.

81 A type of lamp which produces light by means of the


reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically Tungsten Halogen
with tungsten. Lamp
82 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and High-Pressure-Sodium
sidewalks, uses sodium gas. (HPS)
83 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or
Frequency
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
84 Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the
partition, the higher the number, the Transmission Loss
greater the insulation value.
85 212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet
Infra Red
type.
86 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band
Porous Absorbents
frequencies.
87 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward
Refraction
changes direction as it passes through different densities.
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux?
1 lumen per sq.m.
89 Tesla is the unit of____.
Magnetic flux
90 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound intensity ______ the
Varies inversely with
square of the distance from the source.
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______. a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______.


Curve surface

476/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

93 Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following


____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
b. Material density All of the above
c. Medium
d. All of the above

94 Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?


a. Shape and proportion of room
b. Room cavity
All of the above
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above

95 A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below


Nadir
the luminaire. What is that term?
96 It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption
Sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
97 Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered
Architectural acoustics
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
98 When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,
Structureborne sound
etc. It is referred to as _____.
99 A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise, Environmental
etc. acoustics

100 This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,


consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave Hermholtz resonator
configuration.
101 A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different
Individual resonator
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____.
Threshold of hearing
103 Unit of capacitance is _____.
Farad
104 The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
c. That sound travels in a vacuum That sound travels in a
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in vacuum
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
105 The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density All of the above
d. All of the above

106 Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.


10% opening
Which facing will reflect more sound?
107 Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest Cafeteria with people in
sound pressure level (SPL)? it
108
Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ

109 Unit of loudness of level PHON


110
Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection REVERBERATION

477/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

111
Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration WAVELENGTH

112
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION

113
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium SOUND

114 Sound sensation in a single frequency PURE TONE


115
A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity CANDELA

116 A lighting fixture LUMINAIRE


117
Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter LAMBERT

118
Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX

119
Unit of illumination equal to one square foot FOOT CANDLE

120
Rate of flow of light through a surface LUMINOUS FLUX

121
Resistance in AC system IMPEDANCE

122 Reciprocal of resistance CONDUCTANCE


123
Rate of flow of sound energy SOUND INTENSITY

124
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING

125
A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP

126
Higher than 20,000 Hertz ULTRASONIC

127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect
SABINS
absorber
128
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet AVOIDING ZONES OF
internal acoustic environment DIRECT SOUND

129 INSTALL ABSORBENT


The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted MATERIALS WITHIN THE
airborne, for noise reduction within a space WALL OF THE
ENCLOSURE
130
Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz 7,380 fps

131
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area
INTENSITY
perpendicular to the direction of propagation

132
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in
REFRACTION
direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

133
Unit of loudness level. Phon

134
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption

478/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

135
Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength

136
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted
Sound Attenuation
from one point to another.
137
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin

138
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction

139
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility

140
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound

141
Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone

142
Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave

143
Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire

144
The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela

145
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting

146
The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux

147
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance

148
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle

149
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux

150
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper
Indirect Lighting
walls of the room.
151
The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten

152
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode

153
The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity

154
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting

479/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

155
A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense

156
High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
(HPS)
157
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light

158
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire

159
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light
Eggcrate
emitted by an overhead source.
160
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight

161
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents

162
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through
Refraction
different densities.
163
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles
Frequency
per second.
164
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it;
a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater Transmission Loss
the insulation value.

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

480/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

481/521
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

482/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth?


BUTACA
2 is an exquisite chest drawers
comoda

3 is a modified church pew kapiya


4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat gallinera
5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats? al mario
6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door
aparador

7 is used to store food and utensils


pamingalan

8 is a daybed diban
9 What is escritoire?
a writing desk
10 is called bergere arm chair with closed
arms
11 is called the etagere hanging or standing
shelves
12 is called finial crowning ornament on
furniture
13 Who designed the Barcelona Chair? Ludwig Mies van de
Rohe
14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge
Le Corbusier
15 designed the cantilevered chair
Alvar Aalto
16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair
Marcel Bruer
17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal
tulip chair
18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam
chaise
19 is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and
pre-foamed latex foam ribbon chair

20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass gyro chair


21

22

23

24

25

26

27

483/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

484/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65
66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

485/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

486/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110
111

112

113

114

115

487/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

488/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

489/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

162

163

129
130

131

132

133

134

135
136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

490/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

491/521
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

492/521
BAHAY KUBO

Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO

Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega

Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio
distinctive features
1. PERSIANA large windows with slats covered with
capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA small windows usually at lower
portion of the wall
3. CALLADO open woodwork or tracery; fixed over
a window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser Imhotep
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates
with Phidias
Erechtheum Athens, Greece Mnesicles
Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece Polykleitos
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy Acrippa
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus
Colosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and Domitian
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C. James Hoban
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
National Gallery Of Art John Russel Pope
Washington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert Mills
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
Massachusetts State House Charles Bulfinch
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York James Renwick
Connecticut State Capitol Richard Upjohn
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
New York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant

Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd Wright


Guggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd Wright
Coonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd Wright
Ennis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd Wright
Johnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd Wright
Larkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd Wright
Wingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd Wright
Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss

FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France Peirre Lescot
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Hotel de Ville Domencio de Cortona
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de Sully
ParisOpera House Paris, France Charles Garnier
Elysee Palace Claude Mollet
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine Napoleon I
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France
Amien's Cathedral
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel

Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le Corbusier


Villa Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT


GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater Gottfried Semper with
Karl Von Hasenaver
Berlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Wurzburg Residenz Balthazar Neumann
Einstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich Mendelsohn
ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE
British Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke

Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, England


Queen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones

Somerset House London, England William Chambers


St. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher Wren
Chiswick House Chiswick, England Lord Burlington
Westminster Palace London, England Sir Charles Barry
Glasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Durham cathedral Durham, England
Buckingham Palace Sir George Goring
CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Heaven China
Hagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and Anthemios
Cathedral of Siena Southern Italy
Pisa Cathedral Pisa, Italy
Florence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di Cambio
Krak des Chevaliers Syria
Alhambra Granada, Spain
Casa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Casa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Sagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Taj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah Jahan
PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio Estavillo
Vigan Church Ilocos Sur
Santa Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno Fernandez
Tumauini Church Isabela
Angat Church Bulacan
Barasoain Church Bulacan
San Sebastian Church Manila Genaro Palacios
San Augustine Church Manila Juan Macias
Taal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver
Daraga Church Albay
Miagao Church Iloilo
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Petron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
BSA Twin Tower Mandaluyong
G.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Robinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOK
ICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati Arquitectonica
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT


SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD
Petronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & Associates
Sears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Jin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Plaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Empire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon
Associates
Central Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
and Associates
Bank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & Partners
Emirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants
Intenational, Ltd.
The Center Hong Kong, China
T & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata &
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
AON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone &
Associates
John Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design
Associates
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
& Associates
Burj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins
& Partners
Baiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co.
Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van Allen
Bank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee Architects
Library Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Malaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Daewoo and Partners
AT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOM
Chase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Ryugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers
STYLE

Ancient Greek, Doric

Ancient Greek, Ionic


Ancient Greek

Ancient Roman
Roman
Ancient Roman

Georgian Neoclassical
Neoclassical

Neo-Egyptian
Classical, Neo-Palladian

Colonial Georgian
French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Expressionist Modern
Modern
Prairie Style
Deco Modern
Modern
Early Modern
Neo-Vernacular
Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details

French Renaissance

High-Tech Modern
Early Gothic
Neo-Baroque

Gothic exempler
French Gothic

Victorian Structural
Expressionist
Expressionist Modern
Modern

STYLE

Expressionist Early Modern

Victorian Ionic faade


Classical Revival
English Gothic
Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
Neoclassical
Late Renaissance to Baroque
Palladian
English Gothic Revival
Art Nouveau
Romanesque

Byzantine
Gothic and Mediterranean
Romanesque
Italian Romanesque
Medieval
Moorish(Islamic)
Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Art Nouveau
Expressionist
Islamic

Baroque

ultra-baroque
Baroque

Gothic Style
Baroque or Neo Classic

Romanesque and Neo Classic

NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT

88 / 452 meters
110 / 443 meters
88 / 420.60 meters
79 / 382 meters
102 / 381 meters

78 / 374 meters

70 / 369 meters
56 / 358 meters

73 / 350 meters
85/ 347 meters

83 / 346 meters
100 / 344 meters
81 / 325 meters

80 / 322 meters

60 / 321 meters

90 / 320 meters
77 / 319.40 meters
55 / 312 meters
73 / 310.30 meters
77 / 310 meters

61 / 307 meters
75 / 305.40 meters

105 / 300 meters


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )


ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.
Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row
or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with
an independent entrance for each dwelling units.

Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and
used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as
servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.

ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the
use of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by
the public.

Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.

Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of


occupancy.
Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or
occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence
of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own
cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.

Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the


gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation,
workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or
more persons in drinking and dining establishments.

Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building
and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a
supporting building.

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.


Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of
which is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building,
and which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty
percent open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to
prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for
food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below
and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the
floor is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided
by columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in
accordance with previous arrangement.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.


Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum
open spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons,
animals, chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or
a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet.
In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be
considered the established grade elevation.

Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and


explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.

CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials


or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney
suitable for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance
producing combustion gases not in excess of 538C measured at the appliance flue
outlet.

chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney


suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538C under normal
operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760C during
intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at
the appliance flue outlet.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney


suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093C measured at the
appliance flue outlet.

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a


chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton,
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior
and other similar materials commonly used in commerce.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C


(100_F).
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials
that are easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland
cement and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or
anthracite cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast
furnace slags.

Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or
materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before
or after forming or fabrication.

Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken


surface on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with
less than 0.20 percent copper.
CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic
matter or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free,
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its
reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surroundings.

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials


attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the
underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be
directed upwards to a roof vent.

DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which
automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal
to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no
person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building.
Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per
person.

DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more
volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.


DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house",
"lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two
"dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used,
rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living
purposes.

Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are
intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living,
sleeping, cooking, and eating.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo,
nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families


living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a
single housekeeping unit.

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively


by one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an
electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the
incandescence of the conducting vapor.

EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall
include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps,
stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and
yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe
dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when
determining the permissible distance of travel.

Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more
required exits.
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building
occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire
resistance of one-hour.

Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit


court with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as
contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective
purposes.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm
the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of
fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to
suppress the fire.

FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or
partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in
the probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or
interfere with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the
protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection
system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for
heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components,
personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and
other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during
fire.

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and
when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes
shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive
combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when
exposed to the weather.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls,


barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated
into a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke,
fumes or panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to
achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress
sealed from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of
origin and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed
and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment
of buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may
be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession
upward.

FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.

Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or
dimensions.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline,


distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.

Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are
housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50
percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage
of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per
vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or
mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series
of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own
power from and to the street level.

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or
joists or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than
1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters
of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the
sidewalk, alley, or public way.

Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys,
beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive
floor number counting upward.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be
considered to be guest room.

Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets,
pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries,
unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants


within a building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the
common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance
floor and the room.

HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication,


conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or
explosions.

Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended


for use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are
used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.

Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or


storage of helicopters is permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around
a wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are
stored and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is
wound and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied
for hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public
dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of
fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.

Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in


the form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone,
terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in
combination.

Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or
wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.

Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as


defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick
which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.

Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material


required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or
other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No
material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in
combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through
the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting


materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same,
and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of
materials being treated.

JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device


in an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the
enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
construction above.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it


includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all
other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering
into the becoming a part of a building or structure.

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all
except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and
similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or
structure.

Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money,
goods, labor or otherwise.

Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or
may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the
land designated as lot or recorded plot.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of
not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot
lines.
Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of
a corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum,
hollow clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or
combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level
and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room


of a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space
in which it is constructed.

Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations
of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and
percentage of occupancy.

Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building
or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is
situated.

Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The
term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy
is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.

OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or


intended to be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof
by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or
sufferance of the latter.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases


oxygen readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially
under conditions of high temperature.

OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which


draw or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing
electrical system.

Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties


under consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or
real property.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities


sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door
leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders,
lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a
vertical beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and
lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of


which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment
wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.

PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner


where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion
chamber and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at
above normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or


more people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than
3.00 meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground
to the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.

PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when


exposed to air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed


from a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to
partial distillation and electrolysis.

Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the
purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of
construction.

SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine


smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical
equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.
Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to
deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the
building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly
unpleasant to look at.

SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate


impurities from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.


SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping
installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern
which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products
from a fire.

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection
of any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or
breeding purposes.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used


for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein
scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance
between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more
than 1.50 meters.

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.


Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses
can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available
to the outlets as needed.

Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor
and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be
that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor
and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement,
cellar or unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined
herein at any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be
considered as a storey.

Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive
floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance
from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the
highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If
these joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.

Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders,
beams, trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other
members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members
of floor or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered
secondary and not a part of the structural frame.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or


any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.

Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous


or traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated
into the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas
(cross bracings) are sometimes used.

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.


Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and
similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a
minimum of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a
horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening;
and

surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from
the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind,
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding
material applied over an approved backing.

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.


Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to
floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior
parts of a house or building.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members,
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-
joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the
said buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose
of admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on
brackets or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window
projecting over the street line.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical


wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for
portland cement plaster.

Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property
line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and
between the front and the rear yards.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

You might also like